WO2016054960A1 - Operation method and device of terminal as wireless station - Google Patents

Operation method and device of terminal as wireless station Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2016054960A1
WO2016054960A1 PCT/CN2015/089473 CN2015089473W WO2016054960A1 WO 2016054960 A1 WO2016054960 A1 WO 2016054960A1 CN 2015089473 W CN2015089473 W CN 2015089473W WO 2016054960 A1 WO2016054960 A1 WO 2016054960A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
terminal
wireless
wireless station
control device
capability
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2015/089473
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
刘佳敏
秦飞
贺媛
Original Assignee
电信科学技术研究院
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 电信科学技术研究院 filed Critical 电信科学技术研究院
Publication of WO2016054960A1 publication Critical patent/WO2016054960A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W88/00Devices specially adapted for wireless communication networks, e.g. terminals, base stations or access point devices
    • H04W88/02Terminal devices
    • H04W88/04Terminal devices adapted for relaying to or from another terminal or user

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to the field of mobile communication technologies, and in particular, to a method and an apparatus for operating a terminal as a wireless small station.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram showing a network architecture of a Long Term Evolution (LTE) system, where a core network node may include a Mobility Management Entity (MME) and a Serving Gateway (S: S). - GW), etc., the MME and the S-GW can be integrated in one device, such as the MME/S-GW shown in the figure.
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • relay In order to obtain higher link capacity and better coverage, relay (English: Relay) and mobile relay (English: Mobile Relay) technologies are currently proposed.
  • the relay technology refers to a base station or a terminal (User equipment, also referred to as UE), which does not directly transmit signals to each other, but through a relay node, and performs signal amplification or regeneration processing for forwarding.
  • UE User equipment
  • a relay node can move with the served UE.
  • the terminal can meet the requirements of being a wireless small station, that is, using the terminal as a relay node to provide high-speed data forwarding services for other terminals, thereby serving as a supplement to the mobile network and improving the work of the local network. Efficiency and quality of service.
  • the terminal since the terminal has flexible, irregular, and unplanned characteristics as a wireless small station, the state transition is frequent, and the admission principle is different. Therefore, the process of working as a wireless small station is different from the relay node of the prior art.
  • Embodiments of the present invention provide a working method and device for a terminal as a wireless small station, which is used to implement a wireless small station working mode for a terminal having a wireless small station working capability, thereby providing a high wireless station in a dense network coverage. Rate access service.
  • the terminal having the wireless station working capability receives signaling for starting the working mode of the wireless station sent by the control device;
  • the terminal having the wireless station working capability enters the wireless station working mode according to the signaling of starting the wireless station working mode.
  • the terminal having the wireless station working capability before receiving the signaling sent by the control device to start the working mode of the wireless station, further includes:
  • the terminal having the wireless station working capability reports information to the control device, and the reported information includes at least information having the wireless station working capability.
  • the reported information further includes a measurement report, and the measurement report includes one or any combination of the following information:
  • the terminal having the wireless station working capability before receiving the signaling sent by the control device to start the working mode of the wireless station, further includes:
  • the terminal having the wireless station working capability sends a request message for starting the wireless station working mode to the control device.
  • the terminal having the wireless station working capability sends a request message for starting the wireless station working mode to the control device, including:
  • the terminal having the wireless station working capability sends a broadcast probe message, where the broadcast probe message is used to indicate that the terminal that sends the broadcast probe message has a wireless station working capability;
  • the terminal having the wireless station working capability receives the response message returned by the terminal according to the broadcast probe message, and sends a request message for starting the wireless station working mode to the control device.
  • the broadcast probe message includes a data transmission rate and quality of service information that the terminal having the wireless station working capability can provide.
  • the terminal having the wireless station working capability sends a request message for starting the wireless station working mode to the control device, including:
  • the terminal having the wireless station working capability receives a broadcast probe message sent by a terminal that needs a data forwarding service, and the broadcast probe message is used to detect a terminal having a wireless station working capability;
  • the terminal having the wireless station working capability can confirm that the terminal that sends the broadcast probe message can provide a data forwarding service, send a response message to the terminal that sends the broadcast probe message, and receive the broadcast probe message after receiving the broadcast probe message. After receiving the acknowledgement message returned by the response message, the terminal sends a request message for starting the wireless station working mode to the control device.
  • the terminal having the wireless station working capability sends a request message for starting the wireless station working mode to the control device, including:
  • the terminal having the wireless station working capability determines a request to start the wireless station working mode according to the change of the preset state, and sends a request message for starting the wireless station working mode to the control device.
  • the request message for starting the wireless station working mode includes: the quality of service information that the terminal having the wireless station working capability can provide.
  • the method further includes:
  • the terminal having the working capability of the wireless small station receives the signaling of ending the working mode of the wireless small station sent by the control device;
  • the terminal having the wireless station working capability cancels the wireless station configuration and exits the wireless station working mode according to the signaling of ending the wireless station working mode.
  • the method further includes:
  • the terminal having the wireless station working capability receives the wireless small station configuration information sent by the control device, and performs configuration of the wireless small station according to the wireless small station configuration information.
  • the wireless station configuration information includes some or all of the following information:
  • the Uu port refers to an interface between the terminal having the wireless small station working capability and the terminal receiving the data forwarding service
  • the terminal having the working ability of the wireless station functions as the maximum transmitting power of the wireless station
  • a time domain working pattern of the Ux port where the Ux port refers to an interface between the terminal having the wireless station working capability and the host access node.
  • the terminal having the wireless station working capability before receiving the signaling of the working mode of the wireless small station sent by the control device, the terminal having the wireless station working capability further includes:
  • the terminal having the wireless station working capability sends a request message to the control device to end the wireless station working mode.
  • the method further includes:
  • the terminal having the wireless station working capability receives the reconfiguration request message sent by the control device, and performs reconfiguration according to the reconfiguration request message; wherein the reconfiguration request message is that the control device determines The terminal having the wireless station working capability is sent when moving between different access nodes connected by the control device; or
  • the terminal having the wireless station working capability receives the handover command sent by the core network to which the control device belongs, and switches to the target control device according to the handover command; wherein the handover command is that the core network is in the judgment center.
  • the terminal that has the wireless station working capability is sent when moving across the control plane anchor point.
  • the method further includes:
  • the terminal having the wireless station working capability and the host connection of the terminal having the wireless station working capability receives the bearer mapping relationship sent by the control device, and performs uplink and/or downlink bearer mapping according to the bearer mapping relationship; wherein, in the bearer mapping relationship, the bearer and the terminal of the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service
  • a bearer having the same or similar transmission attribute in the bearer of the terminal having the capability of the wireless station is mapped to the same Ux port bearer, and the Ux port refers to the terminal and the host connected to the wireless station.
  • the terminal having the wireless station working capability and the host access node of the terminal having the wireless station working capability, after performing uplink and/or downlink bearer mapping according to the bearer mapping relationship further includes :
  • the terminal having the wireless station working capability When performing the uplink transmission, the terminal having the wireless station working capability encapsulates the uplink data by using the corresponding dedicated tunnel for the bearer of the terminal currently transmitting the uplink data;
  • the terminal having the wireless station working capability determines the target bearer of the corresponding target terminal according to the dedicated tunnel encapsulation header of the downlink data, and sends the downlink data to the target terminal.
  • the terminal having the wireless station working capability and the host access node of the terminal having the wireless station working capability, after performing uplink and/or downlink bearer mapping according to the bearer mapping relationship further includes :
  • the terminal having the wireless station working capability performs blind detection on the data received by the Ux interface according to the dedicated tunnel unpacking mode and the protocol data packet unpacking mode, and if the blind detection succeeds according to the dedicated tunnel unpacking mode, the confirmation is performed.
  • the target terminal of the data received by the Ux interface is a terminal that accepts the data forwarding service. If the blind detection succeeds according to the protocol packet unpacking mode, the target terminal that confirms the data received by the Ux interface is the wireless small a terminal that is capable of working; or
  • the terminal having the wireless station working capability acquires the indication information carried in the data received by the Ux interface, where the indication information is used to indicate whether the target terminal is a terminal having a wireless station working capability or a terminal receiving a data forwarding service. And determining, according to the indication information, a target terminal of the data received by the Ux port.
  • the terminal having the wireless station working capability includes at least the MAC of the terminal that receives the data forwarding service in the control plane protocol stack.
  • the terminal having the wireless station working capability includes at least a MAC entity and a PHY entity facing the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service; and a MAC entity and a PHY entity facing the host access node in the user plane protocol stack;
  • the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service includes, in the control plane protocol stack, a MAC entity, a PHY entity for a terminal having a wireless small station working capability, a PDCP entity and an RRC entity facing the control device, and a working capability for the wireless station
  • the RLC entity of the terminal or the RLC entity facing the control device includes, in the control plane protocol stack, a MAC entity, a PHY entity for a terminal having a wireless small station working capability, a PDCP entity and an RRC entity facing the control device, and a working capability for the wireless station
  • the RLC entity of the terminal or the RLC entity facing the control device includes, in the control plane protocol stack, a MAC entity, a PHY entity for a terminal having a wireless small station working capability, a PDCP entity and an RRC entity facing the control device, and a working capability for the wireless station
  • the RLC entity of the terminal or the RLC entity facing the control device includes, in the control plane protocol stack, a MAC entity,
  • the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service includes: a MAC entity, a PHY entity for a terminal having wireless small station working capability; a PDCP entity and an IP entity facing the control device; and a working capability for the wireless station The RLC entity of the terminal or the RLC entity facing the control device.
  • control plane protocol stack further includes: an RLC entity facing the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service;
  • the user plane protocol stack further includes: an RLC entity facing the host access node.
  • the terminal having the wireless station capability and the one or more access nodes under the control device are connected through a wireless interface;
  • the terminal having wireless small station capability and one or more access nodes under the control device, and one or more access nodes outside the control device are connected through a wireless interface.
  • the embodiment of the invention further provides a working method of the terminal as a wireless small station, the method comprising:
  • the control device sends signaling to start the operation mode of the wireless small station to the terminal having the working capability of the wireless small station, and is configured to indicate that the terminal having the working capability of the wireless small station enters the wireless small according to the signaling of the working mode of the wireless small station. Station work mode.
  • the method before the sending, by the control device, the signaling for starting the operation mode of the wireless small station and the wireless small station configuration information, the method further includes:
  • the control device receives the information reported by the terminal having the wireless station working capability, and the reported information includes at least information having the working capability of the wireless small station;
  • the control device determines, according to the information reported by the terminal having the wireless station working capability, that the terminal having the wireless small station working capability is enabled to enter the wireless small station working mode.
  • the reported information further includes a measurement report, and the measurement report includes one or any combination of the following information:
  • the method before the sending, by the control device, the signaling for starting the operation mode of the wireless small station and the wireless small station configuration information, the method further includes:
  • the control device determines, according to the request message, that the terminal having the wireless station working capability is activated to enter the wireless station working mode.
  • the request message for starting the wireless station working mode includes: a data transmission rate and quality of service information that the terminal having the wireless station working capability can provide.
  • control device after the control device sends the signaling to start the operation mode of the wireless small station and the configuration information of the wireless small station to the terminal having the wireless station working capability, the control device further includes:
  • the method before the sending, by the control device, the signaling for ending the working mode of the wireless small station, the method further includes:
  • the control device determines whether there is a terminal that is accepting the data forwarding service, and if so, switches the terminal that is accepting the data forwarding service.
  • the method before the sending, by the control device, the signaling for ending the working mode of the wireless small station, the method further includes:
  • the control device receives a request message that the terminal having the wireless station working capability sends the wireless small station working mode to the control device.
  • the method further includes:
  • the control device sends the wireless small station configuration information to the terminal having the wireless small station working capability, to indicate that the terminal having the wireless small station working capability performs the configuration of the wireless small station according to the wireless small station configuration information.
  • the wireless station configuration information includes some or all of the following information:
  • the Uu port refers to an interface between the terminal having the wireless small station working capability and the terminal receiving the data forwarding service
  • a time domain working pattern of the Ux port where the Ux port refers to an interface between the terminal having the wireless station working capability and the host access node.
  • the method further includes:
  • the control device determines that the terminal having the wireless small station working capability sends a reconfiguration request message to the terminal having the wireless small station working capability when moving between different access nodes connected by the control device.
  • the wireless small station configuration information includes a bearer mapping relationship, where the bearer of the terminal that receives the data forwarding service provided by the terminal having the wireless small station working capability and the wireless bearer A bearer having the same or similar transmission attribute in the bearer of the terminal of the small station working capability is mapped to the same Ux port bearer, and the Ux port refers to the terminal between the terminal having the wireless station working capability and the host access node. Interface.
  • the control plane protocol stack includes at least: the RRC entity and the PDCH for the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service. entity;
  • the user plane protocol stack includes at least: an IP entity and a PDCH entity facing the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service.
  • control device further includes: an RLC entity facing the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service in the control plane protocol stack;
  • the user plane protocol stack further includes: an RLC entity facing the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service.
  • the embodiment of the invention provides a terminal working as a wireless station, including:
  • a transceiver module configured to receive signaling sent by the control device to start a working mode of the wireless station
  • a configuration module configured to enter a wireless station working mode according to the signaling of starting the wireless station working mode.
  • the transceiver module is further configured to:
  • the information is reported to the control device, and the reported information includes at least information having the ability of the wireless station to work.
  • the reported information further includes a measurement report, and the measurement report includes one or any combination of the following information:
  • the transceiver module is further configured to:
  • the transceiver module is configured to:
  • the terminal that receives the data forwarding service After receiving the response message returned by the broadcast probe message, the terminal that receives the data forwarding service sends a request message for starting the wireless station working mode to the control device.
  • the broadcast probe message includes a data transmission rate and quality of service information that the terminal having the wireless station working capability can provide.
  • the transceiver module is used to:
  • the transceiver module is used to:
  • a request to start the wireless station operating mode is determined according to a change of the preset state, and a request message for starting the wireless station working mode is sent to the control device.
  • the request message for starting the wireless station working mode includes: the quality of service information that the terminal having the wireless station working capability can provide.
  • the transceiver module is further configured to:
  • the wireless station configuration is cancelled and the wireless station working mode is exited.
  • the transceiver module is further configured to:
  • the wireless station configuration information includes some or all of the following information:
  • the Uu port refers to an interface between the terminal having the wireless small station working capability and the terminal receiving the data forwarding service
  • the terminal having the working ability of the wireless station functions as the maximum transmitting power of the wireless station
  • a time domain working pattern of the Ux port where the Ux port refers to an interface between the terminal having the wireless station working capability and the host access node.
  • the transceiver module is further configured to:
  • the transceiver module is further configured to:
  • the control device Receiving a reconfiguration request message sent by the control device, and performing reconfiguration according to the reconfiguration request message; wherein the reconfiguration request message is that the control device determines that the terminal having the wireless station working capability is Transmitted when the different access nodes connected to the control device are moving; or
  • the terminal having the wireless station working capability receives the handover command sent by the core network to which the control device belongs, and switches to the target control device according to the handover command; wherein the handover command is that the core network is in the judgment center.
  • the terminal that has the wireless station working capability is sent when moving across the control plane anchor point.
  • the transceiver module is further used for
  • the configuration module is further configured to:
  • the terminal having the wireless station working capability When performing the uplink transmission, the terminal having the wireless station working capability encapsulates the uplink data by using the corresponding dedicated tunnel for the bearer of the terminal currently transmitting the uplink data;
  • the terminal having the wireless station working capability determines the target bearer of the corresponding target terminal according to the dedicated tunnel encapsulation header of the downlink data, and sends the downlink data to the target terminal.
  • the transceiver module is further configured to:
  • the data received by the Ux port is blindly detected according to the dedicated tunnel unpacking mode and the protocol packet unpacking mode. If the blind tunnel check is successful according to the dedicated tunnel unpacking mode, the target of the data received by the Ux port is confirmed.
  • Terminal is The terminal that accepts the data forwarding service, if the blind detection succeeds according to the protocol packet unpacking mode, confirms that the target terminal of the data received by the Ux port is the terminal having the wireless station working capability; or
  • the indication information is used to indicate whether the target terminal is a terminal having a wireless station working capability or a terminal that accepts a data forwarding service, and determining, according to the indication information, The target terminal of the data received by the Ux port.
  • the terminal having the wireless small station capability includes at least a MAC entity and a PHY entity facing the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service in the control plane protocol stack; Hosting the MAC entity and PHY entity of the node;
  • the terminal having the wireless station capability includes at least a MAC entity and a PHY entity facing the terminal receiving the data forwarding service; and a MAC entity and a PHY entity facing the host access node in the user plane protocol stack;
  • the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service includes, in the control plane protocol stack, a MAC entity, a PHY entity for a terminal having a wireless small station working capability, a PDCP entity and an RRC entity facing the control device, and a working capability for the wireless station
  • the RLC entity of the terminal or the RLC entity facing the control device includes, in the control plane protocol stack, a MAC entity, a PHY entity for a terminal having a wireless small station working capability, a PDCP entity and an RRC entity facing the control device, and a working capability for the wireless station
  • the RLC entity of the terminal or the RLC entity facing the control device includes, in the control plane protocol stack, a MAC entity, a PHY entity for a terminal having a wireless small station working capability, a PDCP entity and an RRC entity facing the control device, and a working capability for the wireless station
  • the RLC entity of the terminal or the RLC entity facing the control device includes, in the control plane protocol stack, a MAC entity,
  • the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service includes: a MAC entity, a PHY entity for a terminal having wireless small station working capability; a PDCP entity and an IP entity facing the control device; and a working capability for the wireless station The RLC entity of the terminal or the RLC entity facing the control device.
  • control plane protocol stack further includes: an RLC entity facing the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service;
  • the user plane protocol stack further includes: an RLC entity facing the host access node.
  • the terminal having the wireless station capability and the one or more access nodes under the control device are connected through a wireless interface;
  • the terminal having wireless small station capability and one or more access nodes under the control device, and one or more access nodes outside the control device are connected through a wireless interface.
  • the present invention provides a control device, including:
  • a communication module configured to send, to a terminal having a working capability of the wireless small station, signaling to start a working mode of the wireless small station, to indicate that the terminal having the working capability of the wireless small station is configured to perform signaling according to the working mode of the wireless small station Enter the wireless station working mode.
  • the communication module is further configured to:
  • the reported information further includes a measurement report, and the measurement report includes one or any combination of the following information:
  • the communication module is further configured to:
  • the request message for starting the wireless station working mode includes: a data transmission rate and quality of service information that the terminal having the wireless station working capability can provide.
  • the communication module is further configured to:
  • the communication module is further configured to:
  • the communication module is further configured to:
  • the communication module is further configured to:
  • the wireless small station configuration information is sent to the terminal having the wireless station working capability, to indicate that the terminal having the wireless small station working capability performs the configuration of the wireless small station according to the wireless small station configuration information.
  • the wireless station configuration information includes some or all of the following information:
  • the Uu port refers to an interface between the terminal having the wireless small station working capability and the terminal receiving the data forwarding service
  • a time domain working pattern of the Ux port where the Ux port refers to an interface between the terminal having the wireless station working capability and the host access node.
  • the communication module is further configured to:
  • Determining that the terminal having the wireless station working capability transmits a reconfiguration request message to the terminal having the wireless station working capability when moving between different access nodes connected by the control device.
  • the wireless small station configuration information includes a bearer mapping relationship, where the bearer of the terminal that receives the data forwarding service provided by the terminal having the wireless small station working capability and the wireless bearer A bearer having the same or similar transmission attribute in the bearer of the terminal of the small station working capability is mapped to the same Ux port bearer, and the Ux port refers to the terminal between the terminal having the wireless station working capability and the host access node. Interface.
  • the control plane protocol stack includes at least: the RRC entity and the PDCH for the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service. entity;
  • the user plane protocol stack includes at least: an IP entity and a PDCH entity facing the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service.
  • control plane protocol stack further includes: an RLC entity facing the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service;
  • the user plane protocol stack further includes: an RLC entity facing the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service.
  • An embodiment of the present invention provides a terminal, including a processor, a memory, and a transceiver, where the transceiver is configured to receive and transmit data under control of the processor, where the preset program is saved in the memory,
  • the processor is configured to read a program in the memory, and execute the following process according to the program:
  • the transceiver is further configured to:
  • the information is reported to the control device, and the reported information includes at least information having the ability of the wireless station to work.
  • the reported information further includes a measurement report, and the measurement report includes one or any combination of the following information:
  • the transceiver is further configured to:
  • the transceiver is used to:
  • the terminal that receives the data forwarding service After receiving the response message returned by the broadcast probe message, the terminal that receives the data forwarding service sends a request message for starting the wireless station working mode to the control device.
  • the broadcast probe message includes a data transmission rate and quality of service information that the terminal having the wireless station working capability can provide.
  • the processor is configured to:
  • the transceiver After confirming that the data forwarding service can be provided for the terminal that sends the broadcast probe message, the transceiver sends a response message to the terminal that sends the broadcast probe message, and receives the broadcast probe message through the transceiver. After the terminal returns an acknowledgement message according to the response message, the transceiver sends a request message for starting the wireless station working mode to the control device by using the transceiver.
  • the processor is configured to:
  • a request to start the wireless station operating mode is determined according to a change of the preset state, and a request message for starting the wireless station working mode is sent to the control device by the transceiver.
  • the request message for starting the wireless station working mode includes: the quality of service information that the terminal having the wireless station working capability can provide.
  • the processor is further configured to:
  • the wireless station configuration is cancelled and the wireless station working mode is exited.
  • the processor is further configured to:
  • the wireless small station configuration information sent by the control device is received by the transceiver, and the configuration of the wireless small station is performed according to the wireless small station configuration information.
  • the wireless station configuration information includes some or all of the following information:
  • the Uu port refers to an interface between the terminal having the wireless small station working capability and the terminal receiving the data forwarding service
  • the terminal having the working ability of the wireless station functions as the maximum transmitting power of the wireless station
  • a time domain working pattern of the Ux port where the Ux port refers to an interface between the terminal having the wireless station working capability and the host access node.
  • the transceiver is further configured to:
  • the processor is further configured to:
  • the transceiver Receiving, by the transceiver, a reconfiguration request message sent by the control device, and performing reconfiguration according to the reconfiguration request message; wherein the reconfiguration request message is that the control device is determining that the wireless station is a working capable terminal transmitted when moving between different access nodes to which the control device is connected; or
  • the transceiver Receiving, by the transceiver, a handover command sent by a core network to which the control device belongs, and switching to a target control device according to the handover command; wherein, the handover command is that the core network determines that the wireless station is configured The working ability of the terminal is sent when moving across the control plane anchor.
  • the processor is further configured to:
  • a bearer mapping relationship sent by the control device, and performing uplink and/or downlink bearer mapping according to the bearer mapping relationship; wherein, in the bearer mapping relationship, a bearer of a terminal that accepts a data forwarding service And the bearer having the same or similar transmission attribute in the bearer of the terminal having the wireless station working capability is mapped to the same Ux port bearer, where the Ux port refers to the terminal with the wireless station working capability and The interface between the host access nodes.
  • the processor is further configured to:
  • the terminal having the wireless station working capability When performing the uplink transmission, the terminal having the wireless station working capability encapsulates the uplink data by using the corresponding dedicated tunnel for the bearer of the terminal currently transmitting the uplink data;
  • the terminal having the wireless station working capability determines the target bearer of the corresponding target terminal according to the dedicated tunnel encapsulation header of the downlink data, and sends the downlink data to the target terminal.
  • the processor is further configured to:
  • the data received by the Ux port is blindly detected according to the dedicated tunnel unpacking mode and the protocol packet unpacking mode. If the blind tunnel check is successful according to the dedicated tunnel unpacking mode, the target of the data received by the Ux port is confirmed. If the terminal is a terminal that accepts the data forwarding service, if the blind detection succeeds according to the protocol packet unpacking mode, the target terminal that confirms the data received by the Ux interface is the terminal having the wireless station working capability; or
  • the indication information is used to indicate whether the target terminal is a terminal having a wireless station working capability or a terminal that accepts a data forwarding service, and determining, according to the indication information, The target terminal of the data received by the Ux port.
  • the terminal having the wireless station working capability includes at least a MAC entity and a PHY entity facing the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service in the control plane protocol stack; a MAC entity and a PHY entity for the host access node;
  • the terminal having the wireless station working capability includes at least a MAC entity and a PHY entity facing the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service; and a MAC entity and a PHY entity facing the host access node in the user plane protocol stack;
  • the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service includes, in the control plane protocol stack, a MAC entity, a PHY entity for a terminal having a wireless small station working capability, a PDCP entity and an RRC entity facing the control device, and a working capability for the wireless station
  • the RLC entity of the terminal or the RLC entity facing the control device includes, in the control plane protocol stack, a MAC entity, a PHY entity for a terminal having a wireless small station working capability, a PDCP entity and an RRC entity facing the control device, and a working capability for the wireless station
  • the RLC entity of the terminal or the RLC entity facing the control device includes, in the control plane protocol stack, a MAC entity, a PHY entity for a terminal having a wireless small station working capability, a PDCP entity and an RRC entity facing the control device, and a working capability for the wireless station
  • the RLC entity of the terminal or the RLC entity facing the control device includes, in the control plane protocol stack, a MAC entity,
  • the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service includes: a MAC entity, a PHY entity for a terminal having wireless small station working capability; a PDCP entity and an IP entity facing the control device; and a working capability for the wireless station The RLC entity of the terminal or the RLC entity facing the control device.
  • control plane protocol stack further includes: an RLC entity facing the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service;
  • the user plane protocol stack further includes: an RLC entity facing the host access node.
  • the terminal having the wireless station capability and the one or more access nodes under the control device are connected through a wireless interface;
  • the terminal having wireless small station capability and one or more access nodes under the control device, and one or more access nodes outside the control device are connected through a wireless interface.
  • Embodiments of the present invention provide a control device, including a processor, a memory, and a transceiver, wherein the transceiver is configured to receive and transmit data under control of the processor, where the preset program is stored in the memory
  • the processor is configured to read a program in the memory, and execute the following process according to the program:
  • the processor is further configured to:
  • the reported information further includes a measurement report, and the measurement report includes one or any combination of the following information:
  • the processor is further configured to:
  • the request message for starting the wireless station working mode includes: a data transmission rate and quality of service information that the terminal having the wireless station working capability can provide.
  • the transceiver is further configured to:
  • the processor is further configured to:
  • the transceiver is further configured to:
  • the transceiver is further configured to:
  • the wireless small station configuration information is sent to the terminal having the wireless station working capability, to indicate that the terminal having the wireless small station working capability performs the configuration of the wireless small station according to the wireless small station configuration information.
  • the wireless station configuration information includes some or all of the following information:
  • the Uu port refers to an interface between the terminal having the wireless small station working capability and the terminal receiving the data forwarding service
  • a time domain working pattern of the Ux port where the Ux port refers to an interface between the terminal having the wireless station working capability and the host access node.
  • the processor is further configured to:
  • Determining that the terminal having the wireless station working capability transmits a reconfiguration request message to the terminal having the wireless small station working capability by the transceiver when moving between different access nodes connected by the control device.
  • the wireless small station configuration information includes a bearer mapping relationship, where the bearer of the terminal that receives the data forwarding service provided by the terminal having the wireless small station working capability and the wireless bearer A bearer having the same or similar transmission attribute in the bearer of the terminal of the small station working capability is mapped to the same Ux port bearer, and the Ux port refers to the terminal between the terminal having the wireless station working capability and the host access node. Interface.
  • the processor sends, by using the transceiver, the signaling that activates the working mode of the wireless small station to the terminal having the working capability of the wireless small station, and at least includes: the terminal facing the data forwarding service in the control plane protocol stack.
  • RRC entity and PDCH entity
  • the user plane protocol stack includes at least: an IP entity and a PDCH entity facing the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service.
  • control plane protocol stack further includes: an RLC entity facing the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service;
  • the user plane protocol stack further includes: an RLC entity facing the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service.
  • the terminal having the wireless station working capability performs the configuration of the wireless small station and enters the wireless small station working mode according to the signaling of the wireless small station working mode and the wireless small station configuration information sent by the control device, thereby
  • a terminal with wireless small station working capability can be used as a wireless small station to serve as a wireless small station to provide high-speed access services for other terminals, thereby meeting the needs of future network diversification, achieving high communication speed and high throughput. And low latency requirements and improve network efficiency.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a network side node connected by a wired link in the prior art
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a network architecture of a terminal working as a wireless small station according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a first control plane protocol stack in a case where a terminal operates as a wireless small station according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a first user plane protocol stack in a case where a terminal operates as a wireless small station according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a second control plane protocol stack in a case where a terminal operates as a wireless small station according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a second user plane protocol stack in a case where a terminal operates as a wireless small station according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 7 is a flowchart of a working method of a terminal as a wireless small station according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of a bearer mapping according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 9 is a flowchart of a method for ending a wireless small station in a working condition of a terminal as a wireless small station according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 10 is a flowchart of another working method of a terminal as a wireless small station according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 11 is a structural diagram of a terminal working as a wireless small station according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 12 is a structural diagram of a control device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 13 is a structural diagram of a terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 14 is a structural diagram of a control device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the terminal having the working ability of the wireless station means that the terminal can support the protocol stack related to the mobile communication in the software, and can implement the functions of forwarding data, parsing data, etc., and the terminal needs support in hardware.
  • the radio frequency chip that measures, transmits, and processes the backhaul link (English: backhaul) and the Uu port link has a baseband chip required for modulating and demodulating mobile communication data, and also has a certain storage capability.
  • the backhaul refers to the link between the base station and the controller.
  • the backhaul of the terminal working as the wireless small station refers to the link between the terminal and the access node, as The terminal of the wireless station can access the access node through the backhaul, thereby accessing the control device connected to the access node, and then entering the wireless network.
  • the Uu port which is a terminal that operates as a wireless station, refers to an interface between the terminal and other terminals that accept data forwarding services.
  • the control device refers to the control plane anchor device and the user plane anchor device.
  • the control plane anchor device can be a local controller and other devices.
  • the user plane anchor device can be a local gateway device or the like, and the control plane anchor device.
  • user-side anchor devices are usually integrated into one device, such as integrated as a local controller/local gateway.
  • the terminal having the wireless station working capability performs the configuration of the wireless small station and enters the wireless small station working mode according to the signaling of the wireless small station working mode and the wireless small station configuration information sent by the control device. After starting the wireless station working mode, the terminal with the wireless station working ability can serve as a wireless small station to provide high-rate access services for other terminals.
  • FIG. 2 exemplarily shows a network architecture diagram in which a terminal operates as a wireless station.
  • the terminal working as a wireless small station is connected to the access node through a wireless interface, and the access node and the control device (shown as a local controller/local gateway in the figure) are connected by a wired link, and the control device and the device are connected.
  • the core network is also connected by a wired link.
  • the terminal operating as a wireless station and the terminal receiving the data forwarding service are connected through a wireless interface.
  • the link between the terminal working as a wireless station and the access node is called backhaul, and the interface between the terminal working as a wireless station and the access node is called a Ux port, and the terminal working as a wireless station works and serves.
  • the interface between the UEs is called the Uu port.
  • a terminal operating as a wireless station may be connected to one or more access nodes under the control device, only exemplarily shown connected to two access nodes. Further, the terminal working as a wireless station may also be connected to one or more other access devices, for example, may be connected to a macro station, an eNB, or a wireless access node AP. This connection ensures that the wireless backhaul has a higher transmission rate when connected.
  • a terminal that accepts a data forwarding service also allows simultaneous access to services of multiple access devices, which may include terminals operating as wireless stations, other access nodes (eg, macro station serving cells, or in addition to wireless small station UE nodes) Other types of small station nodes) can also remain connected to the macro base station at the same time.
  • access devices which may include terminals operating as wireless stations, other access nodes (eg, macro station serving cells, or in addition to wireless small station UE nodes) Other types of small station nodes) can also remain connected to the macro base station at the same time.
  • a terminal having a wireless station working capability needs to be able to support a protocol stack related to mobile communication when operating as a wireless station.
  • FIG. 3 exemplarily shows a schematic diagram of a first control plane protocol stack in which the terminal operates as a wireless station.
  • the terminal working as a wireless station includes at least a media access control (MAC) entity and a physical (Physical) for the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service. : PHY) entity, and MAC entity and PHY entity for the host access node.
  • MAC media access control
  • Physical Physical
  • the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service includes, in the control plane protocol stack, a MAC entity and a PHY entity for the terminal working as a wireless station, and a Packet Data Convergence Protocol (PDCP) for the control device. Entity, Radio Resource Control (RRC) protocol entity, and Radio Link Control (RLC) entity.
  • the access node includes in the control plane protocol stack: a MAC entity and a PHY entity for terminals operating as wireless stations.
  • FIG. 4 exemplarily shows a schematic diagram of a first user plane protocol stack in which the terminal operates as a wireless station.
  • a terminal operating as a wireless station includes, in a user plane protocol stack, a MAC entity and a PHY entity for a terminal that accepts a data forwarding service, and a MAC entity and a PHY entity for a host access node.
  • the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service includes, in the user plane protocol stack, a MAC entity and a PHY entity for the terminal having the wireless small station working capability, a PDCP entity, an IP entity, and an RLC entity facing the control device.
  • the access node includes in the user plane protocol stack: a MAC entity and a PHY entity for terminals operating as wireless stations.
  • the host access node refers to the collective name of the access node accessed by the terminal working as a wireless small station.
  • protocol entities related to data security operations such as PDCP entities
  • the cryptographic operation at the end can not parse the data of the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service for the host access node that passes through and the terminal that works as the wireless small station, especially the terminal that provides the data forwarding service, so that the non-operational use can be used.
  • the merchant device protects the privacy of the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service while performing the data forwarding service.
  • Some protocol entities can be located elsewhere.
  • the RLC entity when the air interface link quality is relatively good, the RLC entity is placed on the user plane configuration of the terminal and the control device that accepts the data forwarding service, and the control plane configuration of the terminal and the control device that accepts the data forwarding service.
  • the RLC entity can also be placed between the terminal working as a wireless station and the host access node. Face configuration. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 5, a schematic diagram of a second control plane protocol stack architecture is shown. After the terminal having the wireless station working capability in FIG.
  • the control plane protocol stack includes: a MAC entity, a PHY entity, and an RLC entity for the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service; and a host-oriented access node MAC entity, PHY entity, and RLC entity.
  • the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service includes, in the control plane protocol stack, a MAC entity, a PHY entity, and an RLC entity for a terminal having wireless small station working capability; a PDCP entity facing the control device, and an RRC entity.
  • the access node includes, in the control plane protocol stack, a MAC entity, a PHY entity, and an RLC entity for the terminal operating as a wireless station.
  • the terminal having the wireless station working capability includes: a MAC entity, a PHY entity, and an RLC entity for the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service; and a MAC entity that is oriented to the host access node. , PHY entity and RLC entity.
  • the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service includes: a MAC entity, a PHY entity, and an RLC entity for a terminal having wireless small station working capability; a PDCP entity and an IP entity facing the control device in the user plane protocol stack.
  • the access node includes in the user plane protocol stack: a MAC entity, a PHY entity, and an RLC entity for a terminal operating as a wireless station.
  • a terminal having a wireless station working capability can operate as a wireless station after performing the above protocol stack configuration and starting the wireless station working mode.
  • a terminal with wireless station working ability enjoys the network service provided by the network operator when the wireless station working mode is not activated. Once the wireless station working mode is activated and the protocol stack configuration is completed, other terminals or access nodes can be carried. The data.
  • Trigger mode 1 The control device triggers the terminal having the wireless station working capability to enter the wireless station working mode
  • Trigger mode 2 The terminal with the wireless station working capability actively requests to enter the wireless station working mode by sending a request message.
  • the control device needs to send signaling to start the wireless station working mode and the wireless station configuration information to the terminal having the wireless station working capability, and the general procedure can be as shown in FIG. 7:
  • Step 701 The terminal having the wireless station working capability receives signaling for starting the working mode of the wireless station sent by the control device.
  • Step 702 The terminal having the wireless station working capability enters the wireless station working mode according to the signaling of starting the wireless station working mode.
  • the control device also sends wireless station configuration information to terminals with wireless station capability.
  • the terminal having the wireless station working capability receives the wireless small station configuration information sent by the control device, and performs configuration of the wireless small station according to the wireless small station configuration information.
  • the wireless station configuration information sent by the control device may include some or all of the following information: a Uu port working frequency point; a terminal having a wireless station working capability as a maximum transmitting power of the wireless station; and a time domain working pattern of the Uu port; ; Ux port time domain work pattern. Among them, the Uu port and the Ux port are defined as described above.
  • the terminal having the wireless station working capability performs the configuration of the wireless station operation according to the wireless station configuration information sent by the control device, and after the configuration is completed, may further send the configuration signaling to the control device, and then A terminal having a wireless station working capability enters a station operating mode.
  • the terminal having the wireless station working capability After the terminal having the wireless station working capability enters the small station working mode, it can work according to the manner specified by the access node in the prior art, for example, by sending public signaling such as a broadcast message, and receiving the terminal that needs the data forwarding service. After the response message, the terminal that accesses the data forwarding service is accessed. It is also possible to access the terminal that needs the data forwarding service instead of the normal access node, and access the terminal that needs the data forwarding service that is switched by the control device.
  • the terminal having the wireless station working capability needs to report the information to the control device, and the reported information includes at least the control The device determines that the terminal has information on the ability of the wireless station to operate.
  • the reported information further includes a measurement report, the measurement report including one or any combination of the following information: a backhaul link and transmission quality information of the terminal having the wireless station working capability; and a terminal having the wireless station working capability The link and transmission quality information of the surrounding terminal to the terminal having the wireless station working capability; the link and transmission quality information of the terminal itself around the terminal having the wireless small station working capability.
  • step 701 the control device performs comprehensive processing and judgment on the information sent by the terminal having the wireless station working capability, and after determining that one of the terminals having the wireless station working capability is activated as the wireless station working mode, If the overall network efficiency can be improved, the signaling of the wireless small station working mode and the wireless small station configuration information are sent to the terminal having the wireless station working capability.
  • the terminal having the wireless station working capability determines whether to activate the wireless station working mode. If it is determined that the wireless station operating mode is activated, a request message to start the wireless station operating mode is sent to the control device. The control device determines to start the wireless small station working mode by starting the request message of the wireless small station working mode based on the request message for starting the wireless small station working mode sent by the terminal having the wireless station working capability.
  • step 701 after receiving the request message, the control device performs comprehensive evaluation and judgment, determines that the condition for enabling the wireless station mode is met, and allows the terminal having the wireless station working capability to start the wireless station working mode, and then The terminal sends signaling to start the wireless station working mode and wireless station configuration information.
  • the terminal having the wireless station working capability can also carry the service quality information that the terminal having the wireless station working capability can provide in the request message for directly transmitting the working mode of the wireless station to the control device, for example, the The frequency, bandwidth, processing speed, and storage capacity supported by the terminal having the wireless station working capability, so that the control device is more targeted to the wireless station configuration information sent by the terminal having the wireless station working capability, and can Overall network efficiency brings improvement.
  • the request message for starting the wireless station working mode further includes: a data transmission rate that the terminal having the wireless station working capability can provide.
  • the terminal with the wireless station working ability can determine the working mode of the wireless station by itself:
  • Case 1 The terminal having the wireless station working capability sends a broadcast probe message, where the broadcast probe message is used to indicate that the terminal that sends the broadcast probe message has the wireless station working capability; the terminal with the wireless station working capability receives the need After receiving the response message returned by the broadcast probe message, the terminal of the data forwarding service sends a request message for starting the wireless station working mode to the control device.
  • the broadcast probe message includes a data transmission rate and quality of service information that the terminal having the wireless station working capability can provide.
  • the broadcast probe message sent by the terminal having the wireless station working capability may be similar to the D2D broadcast signaling.
  • the terminal that receives the broadcast probe message may determine that the terminal that sends the broadcast probe message has the wireless station working capability, and may also obtain the data transmission rate and the quality of service information that the terminal that sends the broadcast probe message can provide.
  • the neighboring terminal After receiving the broadcast probe message, the neighboring terminal first determines the link quality of the terminal to the wireless small station working capability, and whether it needs the data forwarding service itself, and if it meets the requirements, the wireless terminal can The terminal of the small station working capability sends a response message to let the terminal having the wireless station working ability determine the terminal around which the data forwarding service is needed. After receiving the response message, the terminal having the wireless station working capability confirms that there is a terminal that needs the data forwarding service, and sends a request message for starting the wireless station working mode to the control device.
  • Case 2 A terminal with a wireless station working capability receives a broadcast probe sent by a terminal that needs a data forwarding service. a message, the broadcast probe message is used to detect a terminal having a wireless station working capability; and the terminal having the wireless station working capability confirms that the data forwarding service can be provided to the terminal that sends the broadcast probe message, and then sends the broadcast probe message.
  • the terminal sends a response message, and after receiving the acknowledgement message returned by the terminal that sends the broadcast probe message, according to the response message, sends a request message for starting the wireless station working mode to the control device.
  • the terminal that needs the data forwarding service to send the broadcast probe message may be similar to the D2D (Device to Device) broadcast signaling, and detect whether there is a terminal with wireless small station working capability capable of providing the data forwarding service. After receiving the broadcast probe message, the terminal having the wireless station working capability determines whether it has the wireless station working capability, and determines whether the link quality between the terminals that need the data forwarding service meets the requirements, and meets the requirements. Thereafter, a response message is sent to the terminal that needs the data forwarding service.
  • D2D Device to Device
  • the terminal that needs the data forwarding service may receive a response message sent by more than one terminal having the working capability of the wireless small station, and at this time, according to the maximum data forwarding rate or link that each terminal having the working capability of the wireless small station can provide. Conditions such as quality, select one of the most suitable terminals with wireless station working ability, and send a confirmation message to the selected terminal with wireless station working ability. After receiving the acknowledgment message, the terminal having the wireless station working capability sends a request message for starting the wireless station working mode to the control device.
  • Case 3 The terminal having the wireless station working capability determines a request to start the wireless station working mode according to the change of the preset state, and sends a request message for starting the wireless station working mode to the control device.
  • the wireless station operating mode preset by the terminal having the wireless station working capability is in the off state.
  • the terminal can directly send a request message for starting the wireless station working mode to the control device.
  • the bearer mapping configuration is also performed, thereby performing data as a wireless small station.
  • forwarding services it is possible to perform bearer management.
  • a terminal with a wireless station working capability and its host access node are required to perform bearer mapping configuration, and the process may include:
  • a host access node having a wireless station working capability and a terminal having a wireless station working capability receiving a bearer mapping relationship sent by the control device, and performing uplink and/or downlink bearer mapping according to the bearer mapping relationship;
  • the bearer of the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service and the bearer that has the same or similar transmission attribute in the bearer of the terminal with the wireless station working capability are mapped to the same Ux port bearer, where the Ux port refers to the An interface between a terminal having a wireless station working capability and a host access node.
  • the bearer mapping relationship includes the bearer of the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service, the bearer of the terminal with the wireless station working capability, and the mapping relationship between the Ux port bearers.
  • the terminal having the wireless station working capability can determine how to transmit the data in the bearer according to the bearer mapping relationship.
  • the transmission attribute in each Ux port bearer is the same or similar.
  • the quality of service (QoS) attributes are the same or similar. For example, the guaranteed bit rate (Guranteed Bit Rate, GBR)/non-GBR, the transmission error rate requirements are the same or similar, and the transmission delay requirement is required. Same or similar, the transmission priorities are the same or similar.
  • a terminal having a wireless station working capability establishes a dedicated tunnel for each bearer of the terminal that receives the data forwarding service when performing uplink transmission; and uses the corresponding dedicated tunnel to perform uplink data for the bearer of the terminal that currently transmits the uplink data.
  • the bearer RB (English: Radio Bearer) 1 of UE1 and the bearer RB3 of UE2 have the same transmission attribute, are mapped to the bearer RB5 of the same Ux port for transmission, and have the capability of wireless station operation.
  • the bearer RB4 of the terminal has the same transmission attribute as the bearer RB2 of the UE1, and is mapped to the bearer RB6 of the same Ux port for transmission.
  • the terminal having the wireless station working capability determines the target bearer of the corresponding target terminal according to the dedicated tunnel encapsulation header of the downlink data, and sends the downlink data to the target terminal.
  • the terminal having the wireless station working capability needs to distinguish the downlink data of different terminals after receiving the data transmitted in the Ux port bearer. In order to send downlink data to the correct target terminal.
  • the terminal having the wireless station working capability only transfers the data of the terminal receiving the data forwarding service according to the existing relay transmission mode, and the terminal having the wireless station working capability and the host access node will each be Each bearer of the terminal receiving the data forwarding service establishes a dedicated tunnel.
  • Data, each of which can identify which bearer of the terminal that receives the data forwarding service is identified by the identity of each bearer that establishes a dedicated tunnel.
  • a terminal with a wireless station working capability and a host access node establish a GPRS Tunnel Protocol User Plane (GTP-U) for each bearer of each terminal that receives the data forwarding service.
  • GTP-U GPRS Tunnel Protocol User Plane
  • the tunnel can identify which bearer of the terminal that receives the data forwarding service through the header of the GTP-U data.
  • the starting point or the end point of the data of the terminal having the wireless station working capability is itself, so that it is no longer necessary to establish a tunnel, and only the data encapsulated by the internal protocol, such as an RLC SDU (Service Data Unit).
  • RLC SDU Service Data Unit
  • the data of the terminal having the wireless station working capability and the data of the terminal receiving the data forwarding service in the Ux port bearer can be parsed and distinguished in the following two ways.
  • One method is: the terminal having the working ability of the wireless station performs blind detection on the data received by the Ux port according to the dedicated tunnel unpacking mode and the protocol data packet unpacking mode, and the blind check succeeds according to the dedicated tunnel unpacking mode. And confirming that the target terminal of the data received by the Ux port is a terminal that accepts the data forwarding service, and if the blind detection succeeds according to the protocol packet unpacking mode, confirming that the target terminal of the data received by the Ux port is the A terminal with wireless station capability. For example, data in each bearer of a terminal having wireless station capability is encapsulated in a GTP-U. The data of the terminal with the capability of the wireless station is encapsulated by the RLC SDU.
  • the data When the data is blindly detected, it is decoded according to the GTP-U data unpacking mode and the RLC SDU data unpacking method. In which way the decoding is successful, the encapsulation type of the data can be determined, and then the data is determined to have The data of the terminal of the wireless station working ability is still the data of the terminal having the wireless station working ability.
  • the other method is: the terminal having the wireless station working capability acquires the indication information carried in the data received by the Ux interface, where the indication information is used to indicate whether the target terminal is a terminal having the wireless station working capability or accepts data. Forwarding the terminal of the service, and determining a target terminal of the data received by the Ux port according to the indication information.
  • the indication information carried in the data is a specific field of the packet header, and the specific field has 2 bits, wherein the specific field is 00, the data is data of the terminal having the wireless station working capability; and 01 is representative
  • the data is the data of the terminal that receives the data forwarding service first; the data representing 11 is the data of the terminal that receives the data forwarding service, and the like.
  • the indication information carried in the data is a new specific field, and the newly added specific field and the data are re-encapsulated and located in the packet header of the re-encapsulated data, and the newly added specific field has 1 bit, wherein The newly added specific field is 0 to represent the data as data of the terminal having the wireless station working capability; and 1 to represent the data as the data of the terminal receiving the data forwarding service.
  • a terminal having a wireless station working capability When a terminal having a wireless station working capability is serving a terminal that accepts a data forwarding service, it also needs to solve a problem that occurs when a terminal having a wireless station working capability moves.
  • Mobility management of a terminal that accepts a data forwarding service under a terminal having a wireless station working capability
  • the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service regards the terminal that is serving the wireless station to be a normal connection.
  • the ingress node therefore, the mobility management of the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service is the same as the mobility management of the terminal under the access node in the prior art.
  • the technical means of specifically adopting the mobility management of the terminal receiving the data forwarding service under the terminal having the wireless station working capability will not be described herein.
  • the terminal having the wireless station working capability moves simultaneously with the terminal receiving the data forwarding service, but there is no relative movement between them.
  • the most typical scenario in this case is that a terminal with wireless station capability is located in the same high-speed mobile vehicle as the terminal receiving the data forwarding service.
  • the control device may need to The terminal with wireless small station working capability is reconfigured, and the corresponding protocol stack needs to be reset.
  • a terminal that is receiving a data forwarding service under a terminal having a wireless station working capability in the case where it is not necessary to switch a terminal having a wireless station working capability, reconfiguration is not required, and a reset of the protocol stack is not required.
  • the terminal having the wireless station working capability moves outside the control area of the control device, the terminal having the wireless station working capability needs to perform the handover at this time, and the terminal that receives the data forwarding service under the service also needs to perform the handover.
  • the switching process can be performed independently, or a certain binding can be performed to optimize the process.
  • the terminal having the wireless station working capability moves, and the terminal having the wireless station working capability and the terminal serving the data forwarding service under it have relative movement.
  • the most typical scenario in this case is that the terminal receiving the data forwarding service remains stationary, and the terminal having the wireless station working capability moves.
  • the terminal having the working ability of the wireless small station needs to perform the reconfiguration or the handover process according to the situation.
  • the terminal that receives the data forwarding service needs to find a new access node and perform a corresponding reconfiguration or handover process.
  • the mobility process of the terminal having the wireless station working capability and the terminal receiving the data forwarding service shall be separately processed.
  • the terminal having the wireless station working capability When performing mobility management, the terminal having the wireless station working capability receives the reconfiguration request message sent by the control device, and performs reconfiguration according to the reconfiguration request message; wherein the reconfiguration request message is the The control device transmits when it is determined that the terminal having the wireless station working capability moves between different access nodes connected to the control device; or
  • the terminal having the wireless station working capability receives the handover command sent by the core network to which the control device belongs, and switches to the target control device according to the handover command; wherein the handover command is that the core network determines that the core network
  • the wireless station's working ability is transmitted when the terminal moves across the control plane anchor point.
  • the wireless station working mode end process needs to be started: the terminal with the wireless station working ability needs to turn off the wireless station working mode for reasons such as power saving; the control device judges that it is no longer necessary to have the wireless station The working capability terminal starts the wireless station working mode; the service of the terminal receiving the data forwarding service under the terminal having the wireless station working capability has ended; for other reasons, the wireless station working mode needs to be turned off.
  • a flowchart of a method for ending a wireless station working mode of a terminal having a wireless station working capability includes:
  • Step 901 The terminal having the working capability of the wireless small station receives the signaling of ending the working mode of the wireless small station sent by the control device.
  • Step 902 The terminal having the wireless station working capability cancels the wireless station configuration and exits the wireless station working mode according to the signaling of ending the wireless station working mode.
  • step 901 when the control device ends the wireless station operating mode of the terminal having the wireless station working capability, it is first determined whether there is a terminal that is receiving the data forwarding service under the terminal having the wireless station working capability, and if so, The terminal that accepts the data forwarding service switches to another access node. At this time, the terminal having the wireless station working capability receives the signaling of ending the wireless station working mode sent by the control device.
  • step 902 the terminal having the wireless station working capability cancels the wireless station configuration and exits the wireless station operating mode according to the signaling of ending the wireless station operating mode.
  • the terminal with wireless station working ability will perform radio frequency adjustment, clear data buffer and clear wireless station configuration information, and then reply to the control device to complete the signaling of exiting the wireless station working mode, and transfer to the working mode of the ordinary terminal. .
  • step 901 if the terminal having the wireless station working capability needs to actively exit the wireless station working mode due to its own reasons, it is also required to send a request message for ending the wireless station working mode to the control device, and wait until receiving the control device sends the request message. After the signaling of the wireless station working mode is terminated, the wireless station working mode can be exited.
  • a flowchart of a working method of a wireless terminal as another wireless terminal includes:
  • Step 1001 The control device sends, to the terminal having the working capability of the wireless small station, signaling for starting the working mode of the wireless small station, and is used to indicate that the terminal having the working capability of the wireless small station is configured according to the signaling mode for starting the working mode of the wireless small station. Enter the wireless station working mode.
  • the control device also sends the wireless station configuration information to the terminal having the wireless station working capability, to indicate that the terminal having the wireless station working capability performs the configuration of the wireless station according to the wireless small station configuration information.
  • the control device may first receive the request message for starting the wireless small station working mode sent by the terminal having the wireless small station working capability, and determine that the wireless small size can be allowed according to the wireless link quality and other conditions.
  • the terminal of the station working capability starts the wireless station working mode
  • the signaling of the wireless small station working mode and the wireless small station configuration information are sent to the terminal having the working capability of the wireless small station.
  • the control device may also determine whether the terminal having the wireless station working capability is activated as the wireless station working mode by receiving the information sent by the terminal having the wireless station working capability indicating that it has the wireless station working capability.
  • the control device After step 1001, the control device also sends a bearer mapping relationship to the terminal having the wireless station working capability and the host access node of the terminal having the wireless station working capability.
  • the bearer mapping relationship the bearer of the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service and the bearer that has the same or similar transmission attribute in the bearer of the terminal with the wireless station working capability are mapped to the same Ux port bearer.
  • the control device forwards the received data of the service under the terminal having the wireless small station working capability after receiving the request for ending the wireless small station working mode sent by the terminal having the wireless small station working capability working in the wireless small station working mode. After the serving terminal switches to other access nodes, it transmits signaling to end the wireless station operating mode.
  • the control device can also actively send the signaling to end the working mode of the wireless small station according to the actual situation.
  • reference may be made to the foregoing description, and details are not described herein again.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a control device and a terminal working as a wireless small station, and the specific content of the control device and the terminal working as a wireless small station can be implemented by referring to the foregoing method, and is no longer Narration.
  • a terminal structure diagram of a working as a wireless station includes:
  • the transceiver module 1101 is configured to receive signaling that is sent by the control device to start a working mode of the wireless station;
  • the configuration module 1102 is configured to enter a wireless station working mode according to the signaling for starting the wireless station working mode.
  • the transceiver module 1101 is further configured to:
  • the information is reported to the control device, and the reported information includes at least information having the ability of the wireless station to work.
  • the reported information further includes a measurement report, and the measurement report includes one or any combination of the following information:
  • the transceiver module 1101 is further configured to:
  • the transceiver module 1101 is configured to:
  • the terminal that receives the data forwarding service After receiving the response message returned by the broadcast probe message, the terminal that receives the data forwarding service sends a request message for starting the wireless station working mode to the control device.
  • the broadcast probe message includes a data transmission rate and quality of service information that the terminal having the wireless station working capability can provide.
  • the transceiver module 1101 is configured to:
  • the transceiver module 1101 is configured to:
  • a request to start the wireless station operating mode is determined according to a change of the preset state, and a request message for starting the wireless station working mode is sent to the control device.
  • the request message for starting the wireless station working mode includes: the quality of service information that the terminal having the wireless station working capability can provide.
  • the transceiver module 1101 is further configured to:
  • the wireless station configuration is cancelled and the wireless station working mode is exited.
  • the transceiver module 1101 is further configured to:
  • the wireless station configuration information includes some or all of the following information:
  • the Uu port refers to an interface between the terminal having the wireless small station working capability and the terminal receiving the data forwarding service
  • the terminal having the working ability of the wireless station functions as the maximum transmitting power of the wireless station
  • a time domain working pattern of the Ux port where the Ux port refers to an interface between the terminal having the wireless station working capability and the host access node.
  • the transceiver module 1101 is further configured to:
  • the transceiver module 1101 is further configured to:
  • the control device Receiving a reconfiguration request message sent by the control device, and performing reconfiguration according to the reconfiguration request message; wherein the reconfiguration request message is that the control device determines that the terminal having the wireless station working capability is Transmitted when the different access nodes connected to the control device are moving; or
  • the terminal having the wireless station working capability receives the handover command sent by the core network to which the control device belongs, and switches to the target control device according to the handover command; wherein the handover command is that the core network is in the judgment center.
  • the terminal that has the wireless station working capability is sent when moving across the control plane anchor point.
  • the transceiver module 1101 is also used to communicate with the transceiver module 1101 .
  • the transceiver module 1101 is also used to communicate with the transceiver module 1101 .
  • the configuration module 1102 is further configured to:
  • the terminal having the wireless station working capability When performing the uplink transmission, the terminal having the wireless station working capability encapsulates the uplink data by using the corresponding dedicated tunnel for the bearer of the terminal currently transmitting the uplink data;
  • the terminal having the wireless station working capability determines the target bearer of the corresponding target terminal according to the dedicated tunnel encapsulation header of the downlink data, and sends the downlink data to the target terminal.
  • the transceiver module 1101 is further configured to:
  • the data received by the Ux port is blindly detected according to the dedicated tunnel unpacking mode and the protocol packet unpacking mode. If the blind tunnel check is successful according to the dedicated tunnel unpacking mode, the target of the data received by the Ux port is confirmed. If the terminal is a terminal that accepts the data forwarding service, if the blind detection succeeds according to the protocol packet unpacking mode, the target terminal that confirms the data received by the Ux interface is the terminal having the wireless station working capability; or
  • the indication information is used to indicate whether the target terminal is a terminal having a wireless station working capability or a terminal that accepts a data forwarding service, and determining, according to the indication information, The target terminal of the data received by the Ux port.
  • the terminal having the wireless small station capability includes at least the MAC entity and the PHY entity facing the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service in the control plane protocol stack; a MAC entity and a PHY entity for the host access node;
  • the terminal having the wireless station capability includes at least a MAC entity and a PHY entity facing the terminal receiving the data forwarding service; and a MAC entity and a PHY entity facing the host access node in the user plane protocol stack;
  • the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service includes, in the control plane protocol stack, a MAC entity, a PHY entity for a terminal having a wireless small station working capability, a PDCP entity and an RRC entity facing the control device, and a working capability for the wireless station
  • the RLC entity of the terminal or the RLC entity facing the control device includes, in the control plane protocol stack, a MAC entity, a PHY entity for a terminal having a wireless small station working capability, a PDCP entity and an RRC entity facing the control device, and a working capability for the wireless station
  • the RLC entity of the terminal or the RLC entity facing the control device includes, in the control plane protocol stack, a MAC entity, a PHY entity for a terminal having a wireless small station working capability, a PDCP entity and an RRC entity facing the control device, and a working capability for the wireless station
  • the RLC entity of the terminal or the RLC entity facing the control device includes, in the control plane protocol stack, a MAC entity,
  • the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service includes: a MAC entity, a PHY entity for a terminal having wireless small station working capability; a PDCP entity and an IP entity facing the control device; and a working capability for the wireless station The RLC entity of the terminal or the RLC entity facing the control device.
  • control plane protocol stack further includes: an RLC entity facing the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service;
  • the user plane protocol stack further includes: an RLC entity facing the host access node.
  • the terminal having the wireless station capability and the one or more access nodes under the control device are connected through a wireless interface;
  • the terminal having wireless small station capability and one or more access nodes under the control device, and one or more access nodes outside the control device are connected through a wireless interface.
  • a structural diagram of a control device according to an embodiment of the present invention includes:
  • the communication module 1201 is configured to send, to the terminal having the working capability of the wireless small station, signaling for starting the working mode of the wireless small station, and is used to indicate that the terminal having the working capability of the wireless small station is in accordance with the working mode of starting the wireless small station Let the wireless station work mode.
  • the communication module 1201 is further configured to:
  • the reported information further includes a measurement report, and the measurement report includes one or any combination of the following information:
  • the communication module 1201 is further configured to:
  • the request message for starting the wireless station working mode includes: a data transmission rate and quality of service information that the terminal having the wireless station working capability can provide.
  • the communication module 1201 is further configured to:
  • the communication module 1201 is further configured to:
  • the communication module 1201 is further configured to:
  • the communication module 1201 is further configured to:
  • the wireless small station configuration information is sent to the terminal having the wireless station working capability, to indicate that the terminal having the wireless small station working capability performs the configuration of the wireless small station according to the wireless small station configuration information.
  • the wireless station configuration information includes some or all of the following information:
  • the Uu port refers to an interface between the terminal having the wireless small station working capability and the terminal receiving the data forwarding service
  • a time domain working pattern of the Ux port where the Ux port refers to an interface between the terminal having the wireless station working capability and the host access node.
  • the communication module 1201 is further configured to:
  • Determining that the terminal having the wireless station working capability transmits a reconfiguration request message to the terminal having the wireless station working capability when moving between different access nodes connected by the control device.
  • the wireless small station configuration information includes a bearer mapping relationship, where the bearer of the terminal that receives the data forwarding service provided by the terminal having the wireless small station working capability and the wireless bearer A bearer having the same or similar transmission attribute in the bearer of the terminal of the small station working capability is mapped to the same Ux port bearer, and the Ux port refers to the terminal between the terminal having the wireless station working capability and the host access node. Interface.
  • the control plane protocol stack includes at least: the RRC entity facing the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service and PDCH entity;
  • the user plane protocol stack includes at least: an IP entity and a PDCH entity facing the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service.
  • control plane protocol stack further includes: an RLC entity facing the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service;
  • the user plane protocol stack further includes: an RLC entity facing the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service.
  • the embodiment of the present invention further provides a control device and a terminal.
  • the specific content of the control device and the terminal may be implemented by referring to the foregoing method, and details are not described herein again.
  • a terminal structure diagram provided by an embodiment of the present invention includes:
  • the processor 1301 is configured to read a program in the memory 1302, and execute the following process: receiving, by the transceiver 1303, signaling that is started by the control device to start a working mode of the wireless small station; and entering the signaling according to the working mode of the wireless small station.
  • Wireless station working mode
  • the transceiver 1303 is configured to receive and transmit data under the control of the processor 1301.
  • the transceiver 1303 is further configured to:
  • the information is reported to the control device, and the reported information includes at least information having the ability of the wireless station to work.
  • the reported information further includes a measurement report, and the measurement report includes one or any combination of the following information:
  • the transceiver 1303 is further configured to:
  • the transceiver 1303 is configured to:
  • the terminal that receives the data forwarding service After receiving the response message returned by the broadcast probe message, the terminal that receives the data forwarding service sends a request message for starting the wireless station working mode to the control device.
  • the broadcast probe message includes a data transmission rate and quality of service information that the terminal having the wireless station working capability can provide.
  • the processor 1301 is configured to receive, by using the transceiver 1303, a broadcast probe message sent by a terminal that needs a data forwarding service, where the broadcast probe message is used to detect a terminal having a wireless station working capability;
  • the transceiver After confirming that the data forwarding service can be provided for the terminal that sends the broadcast probe message, the transceiver sends a response message to the terminal that sends the broadcast probe message, and receives the broadcast through the transceiver 1303. After the terminal that detects the message returns an acknowledgement message returned by the response message, the transceiver 1303 sends a request message for starting the wireless station operation mode to the control device.
  • the processor 1301 is configured to:
  • a request to start the wireless station operating mode is determined according to the change of the preset state, and the request message for starting the wireless station working mode is sent to the control device by the transceiver 1303.
  • the request message for starting the wireless station working mode includes: the quality of service information that the terminal having the wireless station working capability can provide.
  • the processor 1301 is further configured to receive, by using the transceiver 1303, signaling that ends the operation mode of the wireless small station sent by the control device;
  • the wireless station configuration is cancelled and the wireless station working mode is exited.
  • the processor 1301 is further configured to receive, by using the transceiver 1303, wireless small station configuration information sent by the control device, and perform configuration of the wireless small station according to the wireless small station configuration information.
  • the wireless station configuration information includes some or all of the following information:
  • the Uu port refers to an interface between the terminal having the wireless small station working capability and the terminal receiving the data forwarding service
  • the terminal having the working ability of the wireless station functions as the maximum transmitting power of the wireless station
  • a time domain working pattern of the Ux port where the Ux port refers to an interface between the terminal having the wireless station working capability and the host access node.
  • the transceiver 1303 is further configured to:
  • the processor 1301 is further configured to receive, by the transceiver 1303, a reconfiguration request message sent by the control device, and perform reconfiguration according to the reconfiguration request message; wherein the reconfiguration request message When the control device determines that the terminal having the wireless station working capability moves between different access nodes connected to the control device; or
  • the processor 1301 is further configured to receive, by using the transceiver 1303, a core network that is sent by the control device. And switching the command to the target control device according to the switching command; wherein the switching command is sent by the core network when determining that the terminal having the wireless station working capability moves across the control plane anchor point.
  • the processor 1301 is further configured to receive, by using the transceiver 1303, a bearer mapping relationship that is sent by the control device, and perform uplink and/or downlink bearer mapping according to the bearer mapping relationship.
  • the bearer mapping relationship the bearer of the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service and the bearer having the same or similar transmission attribute in the bearer of the terminal having the wireless station working capability are mapped to the same Ux port bearer, the Ux port It refers to the interface between the terminal with the wireless station working capability and the host access node.
  • the processor 1301 is further configured to establish a dedicated tunnel for each bearer of each terminal that accepts the data forwarding service;
  • the terminal having the wireless station working capability When performing the uplink transmission, the terminal having the wireless station working capability encapsulates the uplink data by using the corresponding dedicated tunnel for the bearer of the terminal currently transmitting the uplink data;
  • the terminal having the wireless station working capability determines the target bearer of the corresponding target terminal according to the dedicated tunnel encapsulation header of the downlink data, and sends the downlink data to the target terminal.
  • the processor 1301 is further configured to:
  • the data received by the Ux port is blindly detected according to the dedicated tunnel unpacking mode and the protocol packet unpacking mode. If the blind tunnel check is successful according to the dedicated tunnel unpacking mode, the target of the data received by the Ux port is confirmed. If the terminal is a terminal that accepts the data forwarding service, if the blind detection succeeds according to the protocol packet unpacking mode, the target terminal that confirms the data received by the Ux interface is the terminal having the wireless station working capability; or
  • the indication information is used to indicate whether the target terminal is a terminal having a wireless station working capability or a terminal that accepts a data forwarding service, and determining, according to the indication information, The target terminal of the data received by the Ux port.
  • the terminal having the wireless station working capability includes at least a MAC entity and a PHY entity facing the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service in the control plane protocol stack; And a MAC entity and a PHY entity for the host access node;
  • the terminal having the wireless station working capability includes at least a MAC entity and a PHY entity facing the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service; and a MAC entity and a PHY entity facing the host access node in the user plane protocol stack;
  • the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service includes, in the control plane protocol stack, a MAC entity, a PHY entity for a terminal having a wireless small station working capability, a PDCP entity and an RRC entity facing the control device, and a working capability for the wireless station
  • the RLC entity of the terminal or the RLC entity facing the control device includes, in the control plane protocol stack, a MAC entity, a PHY entity for a terminal having a wireless small station working capability, a PDCP entity and an RRC entity facing the control device, and a working capability for the wireless station
  • the RLC entity of the terminal or the RLC entity facing the control device includes, in the control plane protocol stack, a MAC entity, a PHY entity for a terminal having a wireless small station working capability, a PDCP entity and an RRC entity facing the control device, and a working capability for the wireless station
  • the RLC entity of the terminal or the RLC entity facing the control device includes, in the control plane protocol stack, a MAC entity,
  • the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service includes: a MAC entity, a PHY entity for a terminal having wireless small station working capability; a PDCP entity and an IP entity facing the control device; and a working capability for the wireless station The RLC entity of the terminal or the RLC entity facing the control device.
  • control plane protocol stack further includes: The RLC entity of the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service;
  • the user plane protocol stack further includes: an RLC entity facing the host access node.
  • the terminal having the wireless station capability and the one or more access nodes under the control device are connected through a wireless interface;
  • the terminal having wireless small station capability and one or more access nodes under the control device, and one or more access nodes outside the control device are connected through a wireless interface.
  • the bus architecture may include any number of interconnected buses and bridges, specifically linked by one or more processors represented by processor 1301 and various circuits of memory represented by memory 1302.
  • the bus architecture can also link various other circuits such as peripherals, voltage regulators, and power management circuits, which are well known in the art and, therefore, will not be further described herein.
  • the bus interface provides an interface.
  • Transceiver 1303 can be a plurality of components, including a transmitter and a transceiver, providing means for communicating with various other devices on a transmission medium.
  • the processor 1301 is responsible for managing the bus architecture and general processing, and the memory 1302 can store data used by the processor 1301 in performing operations.
  • a structural diagram of a control device according to an embodiment of the present invention includes:
  • the processor 1401 is configured to read a program in the memory 1402, and execute the following process: sending, to a terminal having a wireless station working capability, signaling to start a wireless station working mode, to indicate that the wireless station works The capability terminal enters the wireless station working mode according to the signaling of starting the wireless station working mode;
  • the transceiver 1403 is configured to receive and transmit data under the control of the processor 1401.
  • the processor 1401 is further configured to receive, by the transceiver 1403, the information reported by the terminal having the wireless station working capability, where the reported information includes at least information that has the wireless station working capability;
  • the reported information further includes a measurement report, and the measurement report includes one or any combination of the following information:
  • the processor 1401 is further configured to receive, by using the transceiver 1403, a request message for starting a wireless station working mode sent by the wireless small station capable terminal;
  • the request message for starting the wireless station working mode includes: a data transmission rate and quality of service information that the terminal having the wireless station working capability can provide.
  • the transceiver 1403 is further configured to:
  • the processor 1401 is further configured to:
  • the transceiver 1403 is further configured to:
  • the transceiver 1403 is further configured to:
  • the wireless small station configuration information is sent to the terminal having the wireless station working capability, to indicate that the terminal having the wireless small station working capability performs the configuration of the wireless small station according to the wireless small station configuration information.
  • the wireless station configuration information includes some or all of the following information:
  • the Uu port refers to an interface between the terminal having the wireless small station working capability and the terminal receiving the data forwarding service
  • a time domain working pattern of the Ux port where the Ux port refers to an interface between the terminal having the wireless station working capability and the host access node.
  • the processor 1401 is further configured to:
  • the wireless small station configuration information includes a bearer mapping relationship, where the bearer of the terminal that receives the data forwarding service provided by the terminal having the wireless small station working capability and the wireless bearer A bearer having the same or similar transmission attribute in the bearer of the terminal of the small station working capability is mapped to the same Ux port bearer, and the Ux port refers to the terminal between the terminal having the wireless station working capability and the host access node. Interface.
  • the processor 1401 sends, by using the transceiver 1403, a signaling for starting a wireless small station working mode to a terminal having a wireless small station working capability, and at least includes: an oriented data forwarding service in the control plane protocol stack.
  • the user plane protocol stack includes at least: an IP entity and a PDCH entity facing the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service.
  • control plane protocol stack further includes: an RLC entity facing the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service;
  • the user plane protocol stack further includes: an RLC entity facing the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service.
  • the bus architecture may include any number of interconnected buses and bridges, specifically linked by one or more processors represented by processor 1401 and various circuits of memory represented by memory 1402.
  • the bus architecture can also link various other circuits such as peripherals, voltage regulators, and power management circuits, which are well known in the art and, therefore, will not be further described herein.
  • the bus interface provides an interface.
  • Transceiver 1403 can be a plurality of components, including a transmitter and a transceiver, providing means for communicating with various other devices on a transmission medium.
  • the processor 1401 is responsible for managing the bus architecture and general processing, and the memory 1402 can store data used by the processor 1401 in performing operations.
  • the terminal having the wireless station capability reports the capability to the control device, and waits for the control device to start the terminal as the wireless station working mode according to requirements; or
  • the station capable terminal responds to the relay transmission request of other terminals around or transmits a broadcast message that can provide a high speed relay transmission service, and after obtaining the response message of the other terminal, requests the control device to start the wireless station operation mode.
  • the terminal with the wireless small station working capability is used as the working method of the wireless small station in the ultra-dense network provided by the embodiment of the present invention, and acts as a wireless small in the dense network coverage according to the configuration information sent by the control device as a wireless small station.
  • the station provides high-rate access services to meet the needs of future network diversification, to meet the high-speed, high-throughput and low-latency requirements of communications, and to improve network efficiency.
  • embodiments of the present invention can be provided as a method, system, or computer program product. Accordingly, the present invention may take the form of an entirely hardware embodiment, an entirely software embodiment, or a combination of software and hardware. Moreover, the invention can take the form of a computer program product embodied on one or more computer-usable storage media (including but not limited to disk storage and optical storage, etc.) including computer usable program code.
  • the computer program instructions can also be stored in a computer readable memory that can direct a computer or other programmable data processing device to operate in a particular manner, such that the instructions stored in the computer readable memory produce an article of manufacture comprising the instruction device.
  • the apparatus implements the functions specified in one or more blocks of a flow or a flow and/or block diagram of the flowchart.
  • These computer program instructions can also be loaded onto a computer or other programmable data processing device such that the computer Or performing a series of operational steps on other programmable devices to produce computer-implemented processing such that instructions executed on a computer or other programmable device are provided for implementing a block in a flow or a flow and/or block diagram of the flowchart Or the steps of the function specified in multiple boxes.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

The present application relates to the technical field of mobile communications. Provided in an embodiment of the present application are an operation method and device of a terminal acting as a wireless station, the method comprising: a terminal having an operational capability of a wireless station receives a signaling sent by a control device for activating a wireless station operation mode; the terminal having the operational capability of the wireless station enters the wireless station operation mode according to the signaling of activating the wireless station operation mode. According to the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, a terminal having the operational capability of a wireless station can operate as a wireless station so as to provide high-speed access services for other terminals, thus satisfying diverse requirements of a future network, achieving high speed, high throughput and low time delay, and improving network efficiency.

Description

一种终端作为无线小站的工作方法及装置Working method and device for terminal as wireless small station
本申请要求在2014年10月11日提交中国专利局、申请号为201410535639.X、发明名称为“一种终端作为无线小站的工作方法及装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of the Chinese patent application filed on October 11, 2014, the Chinese Patent Office, the application number is 201410535639.X, and the invention is entitled "A terminal as a working method and device for a wireless station". This is incorporated herein by reference.
技术领域Technical field
本发明涉及移动通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种终端作为无线小站的工作方法及装置。The present invention relates to the field of mobile communication technologies, and in particular, to a method and an apparatus for operating a terminal as a wireless small station.
背景技术Background technique
现有移动通信系统中,网络侧的节点之间大多进行有线链路连接。比如,基站之间,基站和核心网节点之间,以及核心网节点之间均通过有线链路连接。图1简单示出了长期演进(Long Term Evolution,简称:LTE)系统的网络架构,其中核心网节点可包括移动管理实体(Mobility Management Entity,简称:MME)和服务网关(Serving Gateway,简称:S-GW)等,MME和S-GW可集成在一个设备中,如图中所示的MME/S-GW。In the existing mobile communication system, most of the nodes on the network side are connected by a wired link. For example, between base stations, between base stations and core network nodes, and between core network nodes are connected by wired links. FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram showing a network architecture of a Long Term Evolution (LTE) system, where a core network node may include a Mobility Management Entity (MME) and a Serving Gateway (S: S). - GW), etc., the MME and the S-GW can be integrated in one device, such as the MME/S-GW shown in the figure.
为了获得更高的链路容量和更好的覆盖,目前提出了中继(英文:Relay)和移动中继(英文:Mobile Relay)技术。Relay技术是指基站或终端(User equipment,简称:UE;中文也称用户设备)不直接将信号发送给彼此,而是通过中继节点,经过信号放大或再生处理进行转发。Mobile Relay技术中,中继节点可与所服务的UE一起移动。In order to obtain higher link capacity and better coverage, relay (English: Relay) and mobile relay (English: Mobile Relay) technologies are currently proposed. The relay technology refers to a base station or a terminal (User equipment, also referred to as UE), which does not directly transmit signals to each other, but through a relay node, and performs signal amplification or regeneration processing for forwarding. In Mobile Relay technology, a relay node can move with the served UE.
随着终端软硬件的进一步发展,终端可以满足作为一个无线小站的要求,即用终端作为中继节点为其他终端提供高速数据转发服务,从而作为移动网络的一种补充,提高局部网络的工作效率和服务质量。With the further development of the terminal hardware and software, the terminal can meet the requirements of being a wireless small station, that is, using the terminal as a relay node to provide high-speed data forwarding services for other terminals, thereby serving as a supplement to the mobile network and improving the work of the local network. Efficiency and quality of service.
但是,由于终端作为无线小站具有灵活、无规律、无计划的特性,状态转换频繁,准入原则不同,因此其作为无线小站工作的流程与现有技术的中继节点是有区别的。However, since the terminal has flexible, irregular, and unplanned characteristics as a wireless small station, the state transition is frequent, and the admission principle is different. Therefore, the process of working as a wireless small station is different from the relay node of the prior art.
目前针对具有无线小站工作能力的终端如何作为无线小站进行工作,从而在密集网络覆盖中充当无线小站提供高速率接入服务,尚没有解决方案。At present, there is no solution for how a terminal having a wireless station working capability works as a wireless station, thereby serving as a wireless station in a dense network coverage to provide a high rate access service.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本发明实施例提供一种终端作为无线小站的工作方法及装置,用以针对具有无线小站工作能力的终端实现无线小站工作模式的启动,从而在密集网络覆盖中充当无线小站提供高速率接入服务。Embodiments of the present invention provide a working method and device for a terminal as a wireless small station, which is used to implement a wireless small station working mode for a terminal having a wireless small station working capability, thereby providing a high wireless station in a dense network coverage. Rate access service.
本发明实施例提供的一种终端作为无线小站的工作方法,该方法包括:A method for operating a terminal as a wireless small station according to an embodiment of the present invention includes:
具有无线小站工作能力的终端接收控制设备发送的启动无线小站工作模式的信令; The terminal having the wireless station working capability receives signaling for starting the working mode of the wireless station sent by the control device;
所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端根据所述启动无线小站工作模式的信令进入无线小站工作模式。The terminal having the wireless station working capability enters the wireless station working mode according to the signaling of starting the wireless station working mode.
较佳的,所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端接收控制设备发送的启动无线小站工作模式的信令之前,还包括:Preferably, the terminal having the wireless station working capability, before receiving the signaling sent by the control device to start the working mode of the wireless station, further includes:
所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端向所述控制设备上报信息,所上报的信息至少包括具有无线小站工作能力的信息。The terminal having the wireless station working capability reports information to the control device, and the reported information includes at least information having the wireless station working capability.
较佳的,所上报的信息还包括测量报告,所述测量报告包括以下信息之一或任意组合:Preferably, the reported information further includes a measurement report, and the measurement report includes one or any combination of the following information:
所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端的回程链路和传输质量信息;The backhaul link and transmission quality information of the terminal having the wireless station working capability;
所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端周围的终端到所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端的链路和传输质量信息;Link and transmission quality information of the terminal around the terminal having the wireless station working capability to the terminal having the wireless station working capability;
所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端周围的终端自身的链路和传输质量信息。The link and transmission quality information of the terminal itself around the terminal having the wireless station working capability.
较佳的,所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端接收控制设备发送的启动无线小站工作模式的信令之前,还包括:Preferably, the terminal having the wireless station working capability, before receiving the signaling sent by the control device to start the working mode of the wireless station, further includes:
所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端向所述控制设备发送启动无线小站工作模式的请求消息。The terminal having the wireless station working capability sends a request message for starting the wireless station working mode to the control device.
较佳的,所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端向所述控制设备发送启动无线小站工作模式的请求消息,包括:Preferably, the terminal having the wireless station working capability sends a request message for starting the wireless station working mode to the control device, including:
所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端发送广播探测消息,所述广播探测消息用于指示发送所述广播探测消息的终端具有无线小站工作能力;The terminal having the wireless station working capability sends a broadcast probe message, where the broadcast probe message is used to indicate that the terminal that sends the broadcast probe message has a wireless station working capability;
所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端接收到需要数据转发服务的终端根据所述广播探测消息返回的响应消息后,向所述控制设备发送启动无线小站工作模式的请求消息。The terminal having the wireless station working capability receives the response message returned by the terminal according to the broadcast probe message, and sends a request message for starting the wireless station working mode to the control device.
较佳的,所述广播探测消息中包括所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端能够提供的数据传输速率以及服务质量信息。Preferably, the broadcast probe message includes a data transmission rate and quality of service information that the terminal having the wireless station working capability can provide.
较佳的,所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端向所述控制设备发送启动无线小站工作模式的请求消息,包括:Preferably, the terminal having the wireless station working capability sends a request message for starting the wireless station working mode to the control device, including:
所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端接收需要数据转发服务的终端发送的广播探测消息,所述广播探测消息用于探测具有无线小站工作能力的终端;The terminal having the wireless station working capability receives a broadcast probe message sent by a terminal that needs a data forwarding service, and the broadcast probe message is used to detect a terminal having a wireless station working capability;
所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端确认能够为发送所述广播探测消息的终端提供数据转发服务后,向发送所述广播探测消息的终端发送响应消息,并在接收到发送所述广播探测消息的终端根据所述响应消息返回的确认消息后,向所述控制设备发送启动无线小站工作模式的请求消息。The terminal having the wireless station working capability can confirm that the terminal that sends the broadcast probe message can provide a data forwarding service, send a response message to the terminal that sends the broadcast probe message, and receive the broadcast probe message after receiving the broadcast probe message. After receiving the acknowledgement message returned by the response message, the terminal sends a request message for starting the wireless station working mode to the control device.
较佳的,所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端向所述控制设备发送启动无线小站工作模式的请求消息,包括: Preferably, the terminal having the wireless station working capability sends a request message for starting the wireless station working mode to the control device, including:
所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端根据自身预设状态的变化确定需要启动无线小站工作模式的请求,则向所述控制设备发送启动无线小站工作模式的请求消息。The terminal having the wireless station working capability determines a request to start the wireless station working mode according to the change of the preset state, and sends a request message for starting the wireless station working mode to the control device.
较佳的,所述启动无线小站工作模式的请求消息中包括:所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端所能够提供的服务质量信息。Preferably, the request message for starting the wireless station working mode includes: the quality of service information that the terminal having the wireless station working capability can provide.
较佳的,所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端进入无线小站工作模式之后,还包括:Preferably, after the terminal having the wireless station working capability enters the wireless station working mode, the method further includes:
所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端接收所述控制设备发送的结束无线小站工作模式的信令;The terminal having the working capability of the wireless small station receives the signaling of ending the working mode of the wireless small station sent by the control device;
所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端根据所述结束无线小站工作模式的信令,取消无线小站配置并退出无线小站工作模式。The terminal having the wireless station working capability cancels the wireless station configuration and exits the wireless station working mode according to the signaling of ending the wireless station working mode.
较佳的,还包括:Preferably, the method further includes:
所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端接收所述控制设备发送的无线小站配置信息,根据所述无线小站配置信息进行无线小站的配置。The terminal having the wireless station working capability receives the wireless small station configuration information sent by the control device, and performs configuration of the wireless small station according to the wireless small station configuration information.
较佳的,所述无线小站配置信息包括以下部分或全部信息:Preferably, the wireless station configuration information includes some or all of the following information:
Uu口工作频点,所述Uu口是指所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端与接受数据转发服务的终端间的接口;Uu port working frequency point, the Uu port refers to an interface between the terminal having the wireless small station working capability and the terminal receiving the data forwarding service;
所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端作为无线小站工作的最大发射功率;The terminal having the working ability of the wireless station functions as the maximum transmitting power of the wireless station;
所述Uu口的时域工作图样;a time domain working pattern of the Uu port;
Ux口的时域工作图样,所述Ux口是指所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端与宿主接入节点间的接口。A time domain working pattern of the Ux port, where the Ux port refers to an interface between the terminal having the wireless station working capability and the host access node.
较佳的,所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端接收所述控制设备发送的结束无线小站工作模式的信令之前,还包括:Preferably, before receiving the signaling of the working mode of the wireless small station sent by the control device, the terminal having the wireless station working capability further includes:
所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端向所述控制设备发送结束无线小站工作模式的请求消息。The terminal having the wireless station working capability sends a request message to the control device to end the wireless station working mode.
较佳的,所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端进入无线小站工作模式之后,还包括:Preferably, after the terminal having the wireless station working capability enters the wireless station working mode, the method further includes:
所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端接收所述控制设备发送的重配置请求消息,并根据所述重配置请求消息进行重配置;其中,所述重配置请求消息是所述控制设备在判断所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端在所述控制设备连接的不同接入节点之间进行移动时发送的;或者The terminal having the wireless station working capability receives the reconfiguration request message sent by the control device, and performs reconfiguration according to the reconfiguration request message; wherein the reconfiguration request message is that the control device determines The terminal having the wireless station working capability is sent when moving between different access nodes connected by the control device; or
所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端接收所述控制设备归属的核心网发送的切换命令,并根据所述切换命令切换到目标控制设备;其中,所述切换命令是所述核心网在判断所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端跨控制面锚点进行移动时发送的。The terminal having the wireless station working capability receives the handover command sent by the core network to which the control device belongs, and switches to the target control device according to the handover command; wherein the handover command is that the core network is in the judgment center. The terminal that has the wireless station working capability is sent when moving across the control plane anchor point.
较佳的,所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端进入无线小站工作模式之后,还包括:Preferably, after the terminal having the wireless station working capability enters the wireless station working mode, the method further includes:
所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端以及所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端的宿主接 入节点,接收所述控制设备发送的承载映射关系,并根据所述承载映射关系进行上行和/或下行的承载映射;其中,所述承载映射关系中,接受数据转发服务的终端的承载以及所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端的承载中具有相同或相似传输属性的承载,被映射到同一个Ux口承载中,所述Ux口是指所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端与宿主接入节点间的接口。The terminal having the wireless station working capability and the host connection of the terminal having the wireless station working capability The ingress node receives the bearer mapping relationship sent by the control device, and performs uplink and/or downlink bearer mapping according to the bearer mapping relationship; wherein, in the bearer mapping relationship, the bearer and the terminal of the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service A bearer having the same or similar transmission attribute in the bearer of the terminal having the capability of the wireless station is mapped to the same Ux port bearer, and the Ux port refers to the terminal and the host connected to the wireless station. The interface between the ingress nodes.
较佳的,所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端以及所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端的宿主接入节点,根据所述承载映射关系进行上行和/或下行的承载映射之后,还包括:Preferably, the terminal having the wireless station working capability and the host access node of the terminal having the wireless station working capability, after performing uplink and/or downlink bearer mapping according to the bearer mapping relationship, further includes :
为每个接受数据转发服务的终端的每个承载建立专用隧道;Establishing a dedicated tunnel for each bearer of each terminal that accepts the data forwarding service;
所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端在进行上行传输时,针对当前发送上行数据的终端的承载,使用对应的专用隧道对上行数据进行封装;When performing the uplink transmission, the terminal having the wireless station working capability encapsulates the uplink data by using the corresponding dedicated tunnel for the bearer of the terminal currently transmitting the uplink data;
所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端在进行下行传输时,根据下行数据的专用隧道封装头确定出对应的目标终端的目标承载,并将下行数据发送给所述目标终端。When performing the downlink transmission, the terminal having the wireless station working capability determines the target bearer of the corresponding target terminal according to the dedicated tunnel encapsulation header of the downlink data, and sends the downlink data to the target terminal.
较佳的,所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端以及所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端的宿主接入节点,根据所述承载映射关系进行上行和/或下行的承载映射之后,还包括:Preferably, the terminal having the wireless station working capability and the host access node of the terminal having the wireless station working capability, after performing uplink and/or downlink bearer mapping according to the bearer mapping relationship, further includes :
所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端对所述Ux口接收到的数据分别按照专用隧道解包方式以及协议数据包解包方式进行盲检,若按照专用隧道解包方式盲检成功,则确认所述Ux口接收到的数据的目标终端为接受数据转发服务的终端,若按照协议数据包解包方式盲检成功,则确认所述Ux口接收到的数据的目标终端为所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端;或者The terminal having the wireless station working capability performs blind detection on the data received by the Ux interface according to the dedicated tunnel unpacking mode and the protocol data packet unpacking mode, and if the blind detection succeeds according to the dedicated tunnel unpacking mode, the confirmation is performed. The target terminal of the data received by the Ux interface is a terminal that accepts the data forwarding service. If the blind detection succeeds according to the protocol packet unpacking mode, the target terminal that confirms the data received by the Ux interface is the wireless small a terminal that is capable of working; or
所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端获取所述Ux口接收到的数据中携带的指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示目标终端是具有无线小站工作能力的终端还是接受数据转发服务的终端,并根据所述指示信息确定所述Ux口接收到的数据的目标终端。The terminal having the wireless station working capability acquires the indication information carried in the data received by the Ux interface, where the indication information is used to indicate whether the target terminal is a terminal having a wireless station working capability or a terminal receiving a data forwarding service. And determining, according to the indication information, a target terminal of the data received by the Ux port.
较佳的,所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端进行无线小站的配置后,所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端在控制面协议栈中至少包括:面向接受数据转发服务的终端的MAC实体和PHY实体;以及面向宿主接入节点的MAC实体和PHY实体;Preferably, after the terminal having the wireless station working capability performs the configuration of the wireless small station, the terminal having the wireless station working capability includes at least the MAC of the terminal that receives the data forwarding service in the control plane protocol stack. An entity and a PHY entity; and a MAC entity and a PHY entity for the host access node;
所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端在用户面协议栈中至少包括:面向接受数据转发服务的终端的MAC实体和PHY实体;以及面向宿主接入节点的MAC实体和PHY实体;The terminal having the wireless station working capability includes at least a MAC entity and a PHY entity facing the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service; and a MAC entity and a PHY entity facing the host access node in the user plane protocol stack;
所述接受数据转发服务的终端在控制面协议栈中包括:面向具有无线小站工作能力的终端的MAC实体、PHY实体;面向控制设备的PDCP实体和RRC实体;以及面向具有无线小站工作能力的终端的RLC实体或者面向控制设备的RLC实体;The terminal that accepts the data forwarding service includes, in the control plane protocol stack, a MAC entity, a PHY entity for a terminal having a wireless small station working capability, a PDCP entity and an RRC entity facing the control device, and a working capability for the wireless station The RLC entity of the terminal or the RLC entity facing the control device;
所述接受数据转发服务的终端在用户面协议栈中包括:面向具有无线小站工作能力的终端的MAC实体、PHY实体;面向控制设备的PDCP实体和IP实体;以及面向具有无线小站工作能力的终端的RLC实体或者面向控制设备的RLC实体。 The terminal that accepts the data forwarding service includes: a MAC entity, a PHY entity for a terminal having wireless small station working capability; a PDCP entity and an IP entity facing the control device; and a working capability for the wireless station The RLC entity of the terminal or the RLC entity facing the control device.
较佳的,所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端进行无线小站的配置后,在控制面协议栈中还包括:面向接受数据转发服务的终端的RLC实体;Preferably, after the terminal having the wireless station working capability performs the configuration of the wireless small station, the control plane protocol stack further includes: an RLC entity facing the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service;
在用户面协议栈还包括:面向宿主接入节点的RLC实体。The user plane protocol stack further includes: an RLC entity facing the host access node.
较佳的,所述具有无线小站能力的终端与所述控制设备下的一个或多个接入节点通过无线接口连接;或者Preferably, the terminal having the wireless station capability and the one or more access nodes under the control device are connected through a wireless interface; or
所述具有无线小站能力的终端与所述控制设备下的一个或多个接入节点,以及所述控制设备外的一个或多个接入节点通过无线接口连接。The terminal having wireless small station capability and one or more access nodes under the control device, and one or more access nodes outside the control device are connected through a wireless interface.
本发明实施例还提供一种终端作为无线小站的工作方法,该方法包括:The embodiment of the invention further provides a working method of the terminal as a wireless small station, the method comprising:
控制设备向具有无线小站工作能力的终端发送启动无线小站工作模式的信令,用于指示所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端根据所述启动无线小站工作模式的信令进入无线小站工作模式。The control device sends signaling to start the operation mode of the wireless small station to the terminal having the working capability of the wireless small station, and is configured to indicate that the terminal having the working capability of the wireless small station enters the wireless small according to the signaling of the working mode of the wireless small station. Station work mode.
较佳的,所述控制设备发送所述启动无线小站工作模式的信令以及无线小站配置信息之前,还包括:Preferably, before the sending, by the control device, the signaling for starting the operation mode of the wireless small station and the wireless small station configuration information, the method further includes:
所述控制设备接收所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端上报的信息,所上报的信息至少包括具有无线小站工作能力的信息;The control device receives the information reported by the terminal having the wireless station working capability, and the reported information includes at least information having the working capability of the wireless small station;
所述控制设备根据所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端上报的信息,确定启动所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端进入无线小站工作模式。The control device determines, according to the information reported by the terminal having the wireless station working capability, that the terminal having the wireless small station working capability is enabled to enter the wireless small station working mode.
较佳的,所上报的信息还包括测量报告,所述测量报告包括以下信息之一或任意组合:Preferably, the reported information further includes a measurement report, and the measurement report includes one or any combination of the following information:
所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端的回程链路和传输质量信息;The backhaul link and transmission quality information of the terminal having the wireless station working capability;
所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端周围的终端到所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端的链路和传输质量信息;Link and transmission quality information of the terminal around the terminal having the wireless station working capability to the terminal having the wireless station working capability;
所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端周围的终端自身的链路和传输质量信息。The link and transmission quality information of the terminal itself around the terminal having the wireless station working capability.
较佳的,所述控制设备发送所述启动无线小站工作模式的信令以及无线小站配置信息之前,还包括:Preferably, before the sending, by the control device, the signaling for starting the operation mode of the wireless small station and the wireless small station configuration information, the method further includes:
所述控制设备接收所述具有无线小站能力的终端发送的启动无线小站工作模式的请求消息;Receiving, by the control device, a request message for starting a wireless small station working mode sent by the terminal having the wireless small station capability;
所述控制设备根据所述请求消息,确定启动所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端进入无线小站工作模式。The control device determines, according to the request message, that the terminal having the wireless station working capability is activated to enter the wireless station working mode.
较佳的,所述启动无线小站工作模式的请求消息中包括:所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端能够提供的数据传输速率以及服务质量信息。Preferably, the request message for starting the wireless station working mode includes: a data transmission rate and quality of service information that the terminal having the wireless station working capability can provide.
较佳的,所述控制设备向具有无线小站工作能力的终端发送启动无线小站工作模式的信令以及无线小站配置信息之后,还包括:Preferably, after the control device sends the signaling to start the operation mode of the wireless small station and the configuration information of the wireless small station to the terminal having the wireless station working capability, the control device further includes:
所述控制设备向所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端发送结束无线小站工作模式的信 令,用于指示所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端根据所述结束无线小站工作模式的信令,取消无线小站配置并退出无线小站工作模式。Sending, by the control device, a letter ending the working mode of the wireless station to the terminal having the wireless station working capability And the terminal for instructing the wireless small station working capability to cancel the wireless small station configuration and exit the wireless small station working mode according to the signaling of ending the wireless small station working mode.
较佳的,所述控制设备发送所述结束无线小站工作模式的信令之前,还包括:Preferably, before the sending, by the control device, the signaling for ending the working mode of the wireless small station, the method further includes:
所述控制设备判断是否还有正在接受数据转发服务的终端,若有,则对所述正在接受数据转发服务的终端进行切换。The control device determines whether there is a terminal that is accepting the data forwarding service, and if so, switches the terminal that is accepting the data forwarding service.
较佳的,所述控制设备发送所述结束无线小站工作模式的信令之前,还包括:Preferably, before the sending, by the control device, the signaling for ending the working mode of the wireless small station, the method further includes:
所述控制设备接收所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端向所述控制设备发送的结束无线小站工作模式的请求消息。The control device receives a request message that the terminal having the wireless station working capability sends the wireless small station working mode to the control device.
较佳的,还包括:Preferably, the method further includes:
所述控制设备向所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端发送无线小站配置信息,用以指示所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端根据所述无线小站配置信息进行无线小站的配置。The control device sends the wireless small station configuration information to the terminal having the wireless small station working capability, to indicate that the terminal having the wireless small station working capability performs the configuration of the wireless small station according to the wireless small station configuration information.
较佳的,所述无线小站配置信息包括以下部分或全部信息:Preferably, the wireless station configuration information includes some or all of the following information:
Uu口工作频点,所述Uu口是指所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端与接受数据转发服务的终端间的接口;Uu port working frequency point, the Uu port refers to an interface between the terminal having the wireless small station working capability and the terminal receiving the data forwarding service;
所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端的最大发射功率;The maximum transmit power of the terminal having the wireless station working capability;
所述Uu口的时域工作图样;a time domain working pattern of the Uu port;
Ux口的时域工作图样,所述Ux口是指所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端与宿主接入节点间的接口。A time domain working pattern of the Ux port, where the Ux port refers to an interface between the terminal having the wireless station working capability and the host access node.
较佳的,所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端进入无线小站工作模式之后,还包括:Preferably, after the terminal having the wireless station working capability enters the wireless station working mode, the method further includes:
所述控制设备判断所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端在所述控制设备连接的不同接入节点之间进行移动时,向所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端发送重配置请求消息。The control device determines that the terminal having the wireless small station working capability sends a reconfiguration request message to the terminal having the wireless small station working capability when moving between different access nodes connected by the control device.
较佳的,所述无线小站配置信息中包含承载映射关系,所述承载映射关系中,接受所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端所提供的数据转发服务的终端的承载以及所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端的承载中具有相同或相似传输属性的承载,被映射到同一个Ux口承载中,所述Ux口是指所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端与宿主接入节点间的接口。Preferably, the wireless small station configuration information includes a bearer mapping relationship, where the bearer of the terminal that receives the data forwarding service provided by the terminal having the wireless small station working capability and the wireless bearer A bearer having the same or similar transmission attribute in the bearer of the terminal of the small station working capability is mapped to the same Ux port bearer, and the Ux port refers to the terminal between the terminal having the wireless station working capability and the host access node. Interface.
较佳的,所述控制设备向具有无线小站工作能力的终端发送启动无线小站工作模式的信令之后,在控制面协议栈中至少包括:面向接受数据转发服务的终端的RRC实体和PDCH实体;Preferably, after the control device sends the signaling for starting the wireless small station working mode to the terminal having the wireless small station working capability, the control plane protocol stack includes at least: the RRC entity and the PDCH for the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service. entity;
在用户面协议栈中至少包括:面向接受数据转发服务的终端的IP实体和PDCH实体。The user plane protocol stack includes at least: an IP entity and a PDCH entity facing the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service.
较佳的,所述控制设备在控制面协议栈中还包括:面向接受数据转发服务的终端的RLC实体;Preferably, the control device further includes: an RLC entity facing the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service in the control plane protocol stack;
在用户面协议栈中还包括:面向接受数据转发服务的终端的RLC实体。The user plane protocol stack further includes: an RLC entity facing the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service.
本发明实施例提供一种作为无线小站工作的终端,包括: The embodiment of the invention provides a terminal working as a wireless station, including:
收发模块,用于接收控制设备发送的启动无线小站工作模式的信令;a transceiver module, configured to receive signaling sent by the control device to start a working mode of the wireless station;
配置模块,用于根据所述启动无线小站工作模式的信令进入无线小站工作模式。And a configuration module, configured to enter a wireless station working mode according to the signaling of starting the wireless station working mode.
较佳的,所述收发模块还用于:Preferably, the transceiver module is further configured to:
向所述控制设备上报信息,所上报的信息至少包括具有无线小站工作能力的信息。The information is reported to the control device, and the reported information includes at least information having the ability of the wireless station to work.
较佳的,所上报的信息还包括测量报告,所述测量报告包括以下信息之一或任意组合:Preferably, the reported information further includes a measurement report, and the measurement report includes one or any combination of the following information:
所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端的回程链路和传输质量信息;The backhaul link and transmission quality information of the terminal having the wireless station working capability;
所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端周围的终端到所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端的链路和传输质量信息;Link and transmission quality information of the terminal around the terminal having the wireless station working capability to the terminal having the wireless station working capability;
所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端周围的终端自身的链路和传输质量信息。The link and transmission quality information of the terminal itself around the terminal having the wireless station working capability.
较佳的,所述收发模块还用于:Preferably, the transceiver module is further configured to:
向所述控制设备发送启动无线小站工作模式的请求消息。Sending a request message to start the wireless station operating mode to the control device.
较佳的,所述收发模块用于:Preferably, the transceiver module is configured to:
发送广播探测消息,所述广播探测消息用于指示发送所述广播探测消息的终端具有无线小站工作能力;Sending a broadcast probe message, where the broadcast probe message is used to indicate that the terminal that sends the broadcast probe message has a wireless station working capability;
接收到需要数据转发服务的终端根据所述广播探测消息返回的响应消息后,向所述控制设备发送启动无线小站工作模式的请求消息。After receiving the response message returned by the broadcast probe message, the terminal that receives the data forwarding service sends a request message for starting the wireless station working mode to the control device.
较佳的,所述广播探测消息中包括所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端能够提供的数据传输速率以及服务质量信息。Preferably, the broadcast probe message includes a data transmission rate and quality of service information that the terminal having the wireless station working capability can provide.
较佳的,收发模块用于:Preferably, the transceiver module is used to:
接收需要数据转发服务的终端发送的广播探测消息,所述广播探测消息用于探测具有无线小站工作能力的终端;Receiving a broadcast probe message sent by a terminal that needs a data forwarding service, where the broadcast probe message is used to detect a terminal having a wireless station working capability;
确认能够为发送所述广播探测消息的终端提供数据转发服务后,向发送所述广播探测消息的终端发送响应消息,并在接收到发送所述广播探测消息的终端根据所述响应消息返回的确认消息后,向所述控制设备发送启动无线小站工作模式的请求消息。Confirming that the data forwarding service can be provided for the terminal that sends the broadcast probe message, sending a response message to the terminal that sends the broadcast probe message, and receiving the acknowledgement returned by the terminal that sends the broadcast probe message according to the response message After the message, a request message for starting the wireless station operating mode is sent to the control device.
较佳的,收发模块用于:Preferably, the transceiver module is used to:
根据自身预设状态的变化确定需要启动无线小站工作模式的请求,则向所述控制设备发送启动无线小站工作模式的请求消息。A request to start the wireless station operating mode is determined according to a change of the preset state, and a request message for starting the wireless station working mode is sent to the control device.
较佳的,所述启动无线小站工作模式的请求消息中包括:所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端所能够提供的服务质量信息。Preferably, the request message for starting the wireless station working mode includes: the quality of service information that the terminal having the wireless station working capability can provide.
较佳的,所述收发模块还用于:Preferably, the transceiver module is further configured to:
接收所述控制设备发送的结束无线小站工作模式的信令;Receiving signaling that ends the operation mode of the wireless small station sent by the control device;
根据所述结束无线小站工作模式的信令,取消无线小站配置并退出无线小站工作模式。 According to the signaling of ending the wireless station working mode, the wireless station configuration is cancelled and the wireless station working mode is exited.
较佳的,所述收发模块还用于:Preferably, the transceiver module is further configured to:
接收所述控制设备发送的无线小站配置信息,根据所述无线小站配置信息进行无线小站的配置。Receiving wireless small station configuration information sent by the control device, and configuring the wireless small station according to the wireless small station configuration information.
较佳的,所述无线小站配置信息包括以下部分或全部信息:Preferably, the wireless station configuration information includes some or all of the following information:
Uu口工作频点,所述Uu口是指所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端与接受数据转发服务的终端间的接口;Uu port working frequency point, the Uu port refers to an interface between the terminal having the wireless small station working capability and the terminal receiving the data forwarding service;
所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端作为无线小站工作的最大发射功率;The terminal having the working ability of the wireless station functions as the maximum transmitting power of the wireless station;
所述Uu口的时域工作图样;a time domain working pattern of the Uu port;
Ux口的时域工作图样,所述Ux口是指所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端与宿主接入节点间的接口。A time domain working pattern of the Ux port, where the Ux port refers to an interface between the terminal having the wireless station working capability and the host access node.
较佳的,所述收发模块还用于:Preferably, the transceiver module is further configured to:
向所述控制设备发送结束无线小站工作模式的请求消息。Sending a request message to end the wireless station operating mode to the control device.
较佳的,所述收发模块还用于:Preferably, the transceiver module is further configured to:
接收所述控制设备发送的重配置请求消息,并根据所述重配置请求消息进行重配置;其中,所述重配置请求消息是所述控制设备在判断所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端在所述控制设备连接的不同接入节点之间进行移动时发送的;或者Receiving a reconfiguration request message sent by the control device, and performing reconfiguration according to the reconfiguration request message; wherein the reconfiguration request message is that the control device determines that the terminal having the wireless station working capability is Transmitted when the different access nodes connected to the control device are moving; or
所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端接收所述控制设备归属的核心网发送的切换命令,并根据所述切换命令切换到目标控制设备;其中,所述切换命令是所述核心网在判断所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端跨控制面锚点进行移动时发送的。The terminal having the wireless station working capability receives the handover command sent by the core network to which the control device belongs, and switches to the target control device according to the handover command; wherein the handover command is that the core network is in the judgment center. The terminal that has the wireless station working capability is sent when moving across the control plane anchor point.
较佳的,所述收发模块还用于Preferably, the transceiver module is further used for
接收所述控制设备发送的承载映射关系,并根据所述承载映射关系进行上行和/或下行的承载映射;其中,所述承载映射关系中,接受数据转发服务的终端的承载以及所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端的承载中具有相同或相似传输属性的承载,被映射到同一个Ux口承载中,所述Ux口是指所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端与宿主接入节点间的接口。Receiving a bearer mapping relationship sent by the control device, and performing uplink and/or downlink bearer mapping according to the bearer mapping relationship; wherein, in the bearer mapping relationship, a bearer of a terminal that accepts a data forwarding service and the wireless bearer A bearer having the same or similar transmission attribute in the bearer of the terminal of the small station working capability is mapped to the same Ux port bearer, and the Ux port refers to the terminal between the terminal having the wireless station working capability and the host access node. Interface.
较佳的,所述配置模块还用于:Preferably, the configuration module is further configured to:
为每个接受数据转发服务的终端的每个承载建立专用隧道;Establishing a dedicated tunnel for each bearer of each terminal that accepts the data forwarding service;
所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端在进行上行传输时,针对当前发送上行数据的终端的承载,使用对应的专用隧道对上行数据进行封装;When performing the uplink transmission, the terminal having the wireless station working capability encapsulates the uplink data by using the corresponding dedicated tunnel for the bearer of the terminal currently transmitting the uplink data;
所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端在进行下行传输时,根据下行数据的专用隧道封装头确定出对应的目标终端的目标承载,并将下行数据发送给所述目标终端。When performing the downlink transmission, the terminal having the wireless station working capability determines the target bearer of the corresponding target terminal according to the dedicated tunnel encapsulation header of the downlink data, and sends the downlink data to the target terminal.
较佳的,所述收发模块还用于:Preferably, the transceiver module is further configured to:
对所述Ux口接收到的数据分别按照专用隧道解包方式以及协议数据包解包方式进行盲检,若按照专用隧道解包方式盲检成功,则确认所述Ux口接收到的数据的目标终端为 接受数据转发服务的终端,若按照协议数据包解包方式盲检成功,则确认所述Ux口接收到的数据的目标终端为所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端;或者The data received by the Ux port is blindly detected according to the dedicated tunnel unpacking mode and the protocol packet unpacking mode. If the blind tunnel check is successful according to the dedicated tunnel unpacking mode, the target of the data received by the Ux port is confirmed. Terminal is The terminal that accepts the data forwarding service, if the blind detection succeeds according to the protocol packet unpacking mode, confirms that the target terminal of the data received by the Ux port is the terminal having the wireless station working capability; or
获取所述Ux口接收到的数据中携带的指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示目标终端是具有无线小站工作能力的终端还是接受数据转发服务的终端,并根据所述指示信息确定所述Ux口接收到的数据的目标终端。Acquiring the indication information carried in the data received by the Ux interface, where the indication information is used to indicate whether the target terminal is a terminal having a wireless station working capability or a terminal that accepts a data forwarding service, and determining, according to the indication information, The target terminal of the data received by the Ux port.
较佳的,所述配置模块进行无线小站的配置后,所述具有无线小站能力的终端在控制面协议栈中至少包括:面向接受数据转发服务的终端的MAC实体和PHY实体;以及面向宿主接入节点的MAC实体和PHY实体;Preferably, after the configuration module performs configuration of the wireless small station, the terminal having the wireless small station capability includes at least a MAC entity and a PHY entity facing the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service in the control plane protocol stack; Hosting the MAC entity and PHY entity of the node;
所述具有无线小站能力的终端在用户面协议栈中至少包括:面向接受数据转发服务的终端的MAC实体和PHY实体;以及面向宿主接入节点的MAC实体和PHY实体;The terminal having the wireless station capability includes at least a MAC entity and a PHY entity facing the terminal receiving the data forwarding service; and a MAC entity and a PHY entity facing the host access node in the user plane protocol stack;
所述接受数据转发服务的终端在控制面协议栈中包括:面向具有无线小站工作能力的终端的MAC实体、PHY实体;面向控制设备的PDCP实体和RRC实体;以及面向具有无线小站工作能力的终端的RLC实体或者面向控制设备的RLC实体;The terminal that accepts the data forwarding service includes, in the control plane protocol stack, a MAC entity, a PHY entity for a terminal having a wireless small station working capability, a PDCP entity and an RRC entity facing the control device, and a working capability for the wireless station The RLC entity of the terminal or the RLC entity facing the control device;
所述接受数据转发服务的终端在用户面协议栈中包括:面向具有无线小站工作能力的终端的MAC实体、PHY实体;面向控制设备的PDCP实体和IP实体;以及面向具有无线小站工作能力的终端的RLC实体或者面向控制设备的RLC实体。The terminal that accepts the data forwarding service includes: a MAC entity, a PHY entity for a terminal having wireless small station working capability; a PDCP entity and an IP entity facing the control device; and a working capability for the wireless station The RLC entity of the terminal or the RLC entity facing the control device.
较佳的,所述配置模块进行无线小站的配置后,在控制面协议栈中还包括:面向接受数据转发服务的终端的RLC实体;Preferably, after the configuration module performs the configuration of the wireless small station, the control plane protocol stack further includes: an RLC entity facing the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service;
在用户面协议栈还包括:面向宿主接入节点的RLC实体。The user plane protocol stack further includes: an RLC entity facing the host access node.
较佳的,所述具有无线小站能力的终端与所述控制设备下的一个或多个接入节点通过无线接口连接;或者Preferably, the terminal having the wireless station capability and the one or more access nodes under the control device are connected through a wireless interface; or
所述具有无线小站能力的终端与所述控制设备下的一个或多个接入节点,以及所述控制设备外的一个或多个接入节点通过无线接口连接。The terminal having wireless small station capability and one or more access nodes under the control device, and one or more access nodes outside the control device are connected through a wireless interface.
本发明实施提供一种控制设备,包括:The present invention provides a control device, including:
通信模块,用于向具有无线小站工作能力的终端发送启动无线小站工作模式的信令,用于指示所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端根据所述启动无线小站工作模式的信令进入无线小站工作模式。a communication module, configured to send, to a terminal having a working capability of the wireless small station, signaling to start a working mode of the wireless small station, to indicate that the terminal having the working capability of the wireless small station is configured to perform signaling according to the working mode of the wireless small station Enter the wireless station working mode.
较佳的,所述通信模块还用于:Preferably, the communication module is further configured to:
接收所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端上报的信息,所上报的信息至少包括具有无线小站工作能力的信息;Receiving information reported by the terminal having the wireless station working capability, where the reported information includes at least information having the working capability of the wireless station;
根据所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端上报的信息,确定启动所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端进入无线小站工作模式。And determining, according to the information reported by the terminal with the working capability of the wireless station, that the terminal having the wireless station working capability is enabled to enter the wireless station working mode.
较佳的,所上报的信息还包括测量报告,所述测量报告包括以下信息之一或任意组合: Preferably, the reported information further includes a measurement report, and the measurement report includes one or any combination of the following information:
所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端的回程链路和传输质量信息;The backhaul link and transmission quality information of the terminal having the wireless station working capability;
所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端周围的终端到所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端的链路和传输质量信息;Link and transmission quality information of the terminal around the terminal having the wireless station working capability to the terminal having the wireless station working capability;
所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端周围的终端自身的链路和传输质量信息。The link and transmission quality information of the terminal itself around the terminal having the wireless station working capability.
较佳的,所述通信模块还用于:Preferably, the communication module is further configured to:
接收所述具有无线小站能力的终端发送的启动无线小站工作模式的请求消息;Receiving, by the terminal having the wireless station capability, a request message for starting a wireless station working mode;
根据所述请求消息,确定启动所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端进入无线小站工作模式。Determining, according to the request message, that the terminal having the wireless station working capability is activated to enter the wireless station working mode.
较佳的,所述启动无线小站工作模式的请求消息中包括:所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端能够提供的数据传输速率以及服务质量信息。Preferably, the request message for starting the wireless station working mode includes: a data transmission rate and quality of service information that the terminal having the wireless station working capability can provide.
较佳的,所述通信模块还用于:Preferably, the communication module is further configured to:
向所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端发送结束无线小站工作模式的信令,用于指示所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端根据所述结束无线小站工作模式的信令,取消无线小站配置并退出无线小站工作模式。Transmitting, by the terminal having the wireless station working capability, signaling to end the working mode of the wireless small station, to indicate that the terminal having the working capability of the wireless small station cancels the wireless according to the signaling of ending the working mode of the wireless small station The small station configures and exits the wireless station working mode.
较佳的,所述通信模块还用于:Preferably, the communication module is further configured to:
判断是否还有正在接受数据转发服务的终端,若有,则对所述正在接受数据转发服务的终端进行切换。It is judged whether there is a terminal that is accepting the data forwarding service, and if so, the terminal that is accepting the data forwarding service is switched.
较佳的,所述通信模块还用于:Preferably, the communication module is further configured to:
接收所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端向所述控制设备发送的结束无线小站工作模式的请求消息。Receiving, by the terminal having the wireless station working capability, a request message for ending the wireless station working mode sent to the control device.
较佳的,所述通信模块还用于:Preferably, the communication module is further configured to:
向所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端发送无线小站配置信息,用以指示所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端根据所述无线小站配置信息进行无线小站的配置。The wireless small station configuration information is sent to the terminal having the wireless station working capability, to indicate that the terminal having the wireless small station working capability performs the configuration of the wireless small station according to the wireless small station configuration information.
较佳的,所述无线小站配置信息包括以下部分或全部信息:Preferably, the wireless station configuration information includes some or all of the following information:
Uu口工作频点,所述Uu口是指所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端与接受数据转发服务的终端间的接口;Uu port working frequency point, the Uu port refers to an interface between the terminal having the wireless small station working capability and the terminal receiving the data forwarding service;
所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端的最大发射功率;The maximum transmit power of the terminal having the wireless station working capability;
所述Uu口的时域工作图样;a time domain working pattern of the Uu port;
Ux口的时域工作图样,所述Ux口是指所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端与宿主接入节点间的接口。A time domain working pattern of the Ux port, where the Ux port refers to an interface between the terminal having the wireless station working capability and the host access node.
较佳的,所述通信模块还用于:Preferably, the communication module is further configured to:
判断所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端在所述控制设备连接的不同接入节点之间进行移动时,向所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端发送重配置请求消息。 Determining that the terminal having the wireless station working capability transmits a reconfiguration request message to the terminal having the wireless station working capability when moving between different access nodes connected by the control device.
较佳的,所述无线小站配置信息中包含承载映射关系,所述承载映射关系中,接受所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端所提供的数据转发服务的终端的承载以及所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端的承载中具有相同或相似传输属性的承载,被映射到同一个Ux口承载中,所述Ux口是指所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端与宿主接入节点间的接口。Preferably, the wireless small station configuration information includes a bearer mapping relationship, where the bearer of the terminal that receives the data forwarding service provided by the terminal having the wireless small station working capability and the wireless bearer A bearer having the same or similar transmission attribute in the bearer of the terminal of the small station working capability is mapped to the same Ux port bearer, and the Ux port refers to the terminal between the terminal having the wireless station working capability and the host access node. Interface.
较佳的,所述通信模块向具有无线小站工作能力的终端发送启动无线小站工作模式的信令之后,在控制面协议栈中至少包括:面向接受数据转发服务的终端的RRC实体和PDCH实体;Preferably, after the communication module sends the signaling for starting the wireless station working mode to the terminal having the wireless station working capability, the control plane protocol stack includes at least: the RRC entity and the PDCH for the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service. entity;
在用户面协议栈中至少包括:面向接受数据转发服务的终端的IP实体和PDCH实体。The user plane protocol stack includes at least: an IP entity and a PDCH entity facing the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service.
较佳的,在控制面协议栈中还包括:面向接受数据转发服务的终端的RLC实体;Preferably, the control plane protocol stack further includes: an RLC entity facing the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service;
在用户面协议栈中还包括:面向接受数据转发服务的终端的RLC实体。The user plane protocol stack further includes: an RLC entity facing the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service.
本发明实施例提供一种终端,包括处理器、存储器和收发机,所述收发机用于在所述处理器的控制下接收和发送数据,所述存储器中保存有预设的程序,所述处理器用于读取所述存储器中的程序,按照该程序执行以下过程::An embodiment of the present invention provides a terminal, including a processor, a memory, and a transceiver, where the transceiver is configured to receive and transmit data under control of the processor, where the preset program is saved in the memory, The processor is configured to read a program in the memory, and execute the following process according to the program:
通过所述收发机接收控制设备发送的启动无线小站工作模式的信令;根据所述启动无线小站工作模式的信令进入无线小站工作模式。Receiving, by the transceiver, signaling for starting a wireless small station working mode sent by the control device; entering the wireless small station working mode according to the signaling for starting the wireless small station working mode.
较佳的,所述收发机还用于:Preferably, the transceiver is further configured to:
向所述控制设备上报信息,所上报的信息至少包括具有无线小站工作能力的信息。The information is reported to the control device, and the reported information includes at least information having the ability of the wireless station to work.
较佳的,所上报的信息还包括测量报告,所述测量报告包括以下信息之一或任意组合:Preferably, the reported information further includes a measurement report, and the measurement report includes one or any combination of the following information:
所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端的回程链路和传输质量信息;The backhaul link and transmission quality information of the terminal having the wireless station working capability;
所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端周围的终端到所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端的链路和传输质量信息;Link and transmission quality information of the terminal around the terminal having the wireless station working capability to the terminal having the wireless station working capability;
所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端周围的终端自身的链路和传输质量信息。The link and transmission quality information of the terminal itself around the terminal having the wireless station working capability.
较佳的,所述收发机还用于:Preferably, the transceiver is further configured to:
向所述控制设备发送启动无线小站工作模式的请求消息。Sending a request message to start the wireless station operating mode to the control device.
较佳的,所述收发机用于:Preferably, the transceiver is used to:
发送广播探测消息,所述广播探测消息用于指示发送所述广播探测消息的终端具有无线小站工作能力;Sending a broadcast probe message, where the broadcast probe message is used to indicate that the terminal that sends the broadcast probe message has a wireless station working capability;
接收到需要数据转发服务的终端根据所述广播探测消息返回的响应消息后,向所述控制设备发送启动无线小站工作模式的请求消息。After receiving the response message returned by the broadcast probe message, the terminal that receives the data forwarding service sends a request message for starting the wireless station working mode to the control device.
较佳的,所述广播探测消息中包括所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端能够提供的数据传输速率以及服务质量信息。Preferably, the broadcast probe message includes a data transmission rate and quality of service information that the terminal having the wireless station working capability can provide.
较佳的,所述处理器用于:Preferably, the processor is configured to:
通过所述收发机接收需要数据转发服务的终端发送的广播探测消息,所述广播探测消 息用于探测具有无线小站工作能力的终端;Receiving, by the transceiver, a broadcast probe message sent by a terminal that needs a data forwarding service, where the broadcast probe eliminates Information is used to detect terminals with wireless small station working ability;
确认能够为发送所述广播探测消息的终端提供数据转发服务后,通过所述收发机向发送所述广播探测消息的终端发送响应消息,并在通过所述收发机接收到发送所述广播探测消息的终端根据所述响应消息返回的确认消息后,通过所述收发机向所述控制设备发送启动无线小站工作模式的请求消息。After confirming that the data forwarding service can be provided for the terminal that sends the broadcast probe message, the transceiver sends a response message to the terminal that sends the broadcast probe message, and receives the broadcast probe message through the transceiver. After the terminal returns an acknowledgement message according to the response message, the transceiver sends a request message for starting the wireless station working mode to the control device by using the transceiver.
较佳的,所述处理器用于:Preferably, the processor is configured to:
根据自身预设状态的变化确定需要启动无线小站工作模式的请求,则通过所述收发机向所述控制设备发送启动无线小站工作模式的请求消息。A request to start the wireless station operating mode is determined according to a change of the preset state, and a request message for starting the wireless station working mode is sent to the control device by the transceiver.
较佳的,所述启动无线小站工作模式的请求消息中包括:所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端所能够提供的服务质量信息。Preferably, the request message for starting the wireless station working mode includes: the quality of service information that the terminal having the wireless station working capability can provide.
较佳的,所述处理器还用于:Preferably, the processor is further configured to:
通过所述收发机接收所述控制设备发送的结束无线小站工作模式的信令;Receiving, by the transceiver, signaling that ends the operation mode of the wireless small station sent by the control device;
根据所述结束无线小站工作模式的信令,取消无线小站配置并退出无线小站工作模式。According to the signaling of ending the wireless station working mode, the wireless station configuration is cancelled and the wireless station working mode is exited.
较佳的,所述处理器还用于:Preferably, the processor is further configured to:
通过所述收发机接收所述控制设备发送的无线小站配置信息,根据所述无线小站配置信息进行无线小站的配置。The wireless small station configuration information sent by the control device is received by the transceiver, and the configuration of the wireless small station is performed according to the wireless small station configuration information.
较佳的,所述无线小站配置信息包括以下部分或全部信息:Preferably, the wireless station configuration information includes some or all of the following information:
Uu口工作频点,所述Uu口是指所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端与接受数据转发服务的终端间的接口;Uu port working frequency point, the Uu port refers to an interface between the terminal having the wireless small station working capability and the terminal receiving the data forwarding service;
所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端作为无线小站工作的最大发射功率;The terminal having the working ability of the wireless station functions as the maximum transmitting power of the wireless station;
所述Uu口的时域工作图样;a time domain working pattern of the Uu port;
Ux口的时域工作图样,所述Ux口是指所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端与宿主接入节点间的接口。A time domain working pattern of the Ux port, where the Ux port refers to an interface between the terminal having the wireless station working capability and the host access node.
较佳的,所述收发机还用于:Preferably, the transceiver is further configured to:
向所述控制设备发送结束无线小站工作模式的请求消息。Sending a request message to end the wireless station operating mode to the control device.
较佳的,所述处理器还用于:Preferably, the processor is further configured to:
通过所述收发机接收所述控制设备发送的重配置请求消息,并根据所述重配置请求消息进行重配置;其中,所述重配置请求消息是所述控制设备在判断所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端在所述控制设备连接的不同接入节点之间进行移动时发送的;或者Receiving, by the transceiver, a reconfiguration request message sent by the control device, and performing reconfiguration according to the reconfiguration request message; wherein the reconfiguration request message is that the control device is determining that the wireless station is a working capable terminal transmitted when moving between different access nodes to which the control device is connected; or
通过所述收发机接收所述控制设备归属的核心网发送的切换命令,并根据所述切换命令切换到目标控制设备;其中,所述切换命令是所述核心网在判断所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端跨控制面锚点进行移动时发送的。 Receiving, by the transceiver, a handover command sent by a core network to which the control device belongs, and switching to a target control device according to the handover command; wherein, the handover command is that the core network determines that the wireless station is configured The working ability of the terminal is sent when moving across the control plane anchor.
较佳的,所述处理器还用于:Preferably, the processor is further configured to:
通过所述收发机接收所述控制设备发送的承载映射关系,并根据所述承载映射关系进行上行和/或下行的承载映射;其中,所述承载映射关系中,接受数据转发服务的终端的承载以及所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端的承载中具有相同或相似传输属性的承载,被映射到同一个Ux口承载中,所述Ux口是指所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端与宿主接入节点间的接口。Receiving, by the transceiver, a bearer mapping relationship sent by the control device, and performing uplink and/or downlink bearer mapping according to the bearer mapping relationship; wherein, in the bearer mapping relationship, a bearer of a terminal that accepts a data forwarding service And the bearer having the same or similar transmission attribute in the bearer of the terminal having the wireless station working capability is mapped to the same Ux port bearer, where the Ux port refers to the terminal with the wireless station working capability and The interface between the host access nodes.
较佳的,所述处理器还用于:Preferably, the processor is further configured to:
为每个接受数据转发服务的终端的每个承载建立专用隧道;Establishing a dedicated tunnel for each bearer of each terminal that accepts the data forwarding service;
所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端在进行上行传输时,针对当前发送上行数据的终端的承载,使用对应的专用隧道对上行数据进行封装;When performing the uplink transmission, the terminal having the wireless station working capability encapsulates the uplink data by using the corresponding dedicated tunnel for the bearer of the terminal currently transmitting the uplink data;
所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端在进行下行传输时,根据下行数据的专用隧道封装头确定出对应的目标终端的目标承载,并将下行数据发送给所述目标终端。When performing the downlink transmission, the terminal having the wireless station working capability determines the target bearer of the corresponding target terminal according to the dedicated tunnel encapsulation header of the downlink data, and sends the downlink data to the target terminal.
较佳的,所述处理器还用于:Preferably, the processor is further configured to:
对所述Ux口接收到的数据分别按照专用隧道解包方式以及协议数据包解包方式进行盲检,若按照专用隧道解包方式盲检成功,则确认所述Ux口接收到的数据的目标终端为接受数据转发服务的终端,若按照协议数据包解包方式盲检成功,则确认所述Ux口接收到的数据的目标终端为所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端;或者The data received by the Ux port is blindly detected according to the dedicated tunnel unpacking mode and the protocol packet unpacking mode. If the blind tunnel check is successful according to the dedicated tunnel unpacking mode, the target of the data received by the Ux port is confirmed. If the terminal is a terminal that accepts the data forwarding service, if the blind detection succeeds according to the protocol packet unpacking mode, the target terminal that confirms the data received by the Ux interface is the terminal having the wireless station working capability; or
获取所述Ux口接收到的数据中携带的指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示目标终端是具有无线小站工作能力的终端还是接受数据转发服务的终端,并根据所述指示信息确定所述Ux口接收到的数据的目标终端。Acquiring the indication information carried in the data received by the Ux interface, where the indication information is used to indicate whether the target terminal is a terminal having a wireless station working capability or a terminal that accepts a data forwarding service, and determining, according to the indication information, The target terminal of the data received by the Ux port.
较佳的,所述处理器进行无线小站的配置后,所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端在控制面协议栈中至少包括:面向接受数据转发服务的终端的MAC实体和PHY实体;以及面向宿主接入节点的MAC实体和PHY实体;Preferably, after the processor performs the configuration of the wireless station, the terminal having the wireless station working capability includes at least a MAC entity and a PHY entity facing the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service in the control plane protocol stack; a MAC entity and a PHY entity for the host access node;
所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端在用户面协议栈中至少包括:面向接受数据转发服务的终端的MAC实体和PHY实体;以及面向宿主接入节点的MAC实体和PHY实体;The terminal having the wireless station working capability includes at least a MAC entity and a PHY entity facing the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service; and a MAC entity and a PHY entity facing the host access node in the user plane protocol stack;
所述接受数据转发服务的终端在控制面协议栈中包括:面向具有无线小站工作能力的终端的MAC实体、PHY实体;面向控制设备的PDCP实体和RRC实体;以及面向具有无线小站工作能力的终端的RLC实体或者面向控制设备的RLC实体;The terminal that accepts the data forwarding service includes, in the control plane protocol stack, a MAC entity, a PHY entity for a terminal having a wireless small station working capability, a PDCP entity and an RRC entity facing the control device, and a working capability for the wireless station The RLC entity of the terminal or the RLC entity facing the control device;
所述接受数据转发服务的终端在用户面协议栈中包括:面向具有无线小站工作能力的终端的MAC实体、PHY实体;面向控制设备的PDCP实体和IP实体;以及面向具有无线小站工作能力的终端的RLC实体或者面向控制设备的RLC实体。The terminal that accepts the data forwarding service includes: a MAC entity, a PHY entity for a terminal having wireless small station working capability; a PDCP entity and an IP entity facing the control device; and a working capability for the wireless station The RLC entity of the terminal or the RLC entity facing the control device.
较佳的,所述处理器进行无线小站的配置后,在控制面协议栈中还包括:面向接受数据转发服务的终端的RLC实体; Preferably, after the processor performs the configuration of the wireless station, the control plane protocol stack further includes: an RLC entity facing the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service;
在用户面协议栈还包括:面向宿主接入节点的RLC实体。The user plane protocol stack further includes: an RLC entity facing the host access node.
较佳的,所述具有无线小站能力的终端与所述控制设备下的一个或多个接入节点通过无线接口连接;或者Preferably, the terminal having the wireless station capability and the one or more access nodes under the control device are connected through a wireless interface; or
所述具有无线小站能力的终端与所述控制设备下的一个或多个接入节点,以及所述控制设备外的一个或多个接入节点通过无线接口连接。The terminal having wireless small station capability and one or more access nodes under the control device, and one or more access nodes outside the control device are connected through a wireless interface.
本发明实施例提供一种控制设备,包括处理器、存储器和收发机,其中,所述收发机用于在所述处理器的控制下接收和发送数据,所述存储器中保存有预设的程序,所述处理器用于读取所述存储器中的程序,按照该程序执行以下过程:Embodiments of the present invention provide a control device, including a processor, a memory, and a transceiver, wherein the transceiver is configured to receive and transmit data under control of the processor, where the preset program is stored in the memory The processor is configured to read a program in the memory, and execute the following process according to the program:
向具有无线小站工作能力的终端发送启动无线小站工作模式的信令,用于指示所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端根据所述启动无线小站工作模式的信令进入无线小站工作模式。Transmitting, by the terminal having the working capability of the wireless small station, signaling for starting the working mode of the wireless small station, and indicating that the terminal having the working capability of the wireless small station enters the wireless station according to the signaling of starting the working mode of the wireless small station mode.
较佳的,所述处理器还用于:Preferably, the processor is further configured to:
通过所述收发机接收所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端上报的信息,所上报的信息至少包括具有无线小站工作能力的信息;Receiving, by the transceiver, the information reported by the terminal having the working capability of the wireless small station, where the reported information includes at least information having the working capability of the wireless small station;
根据所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端上报的信息,确定启动所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端进入无线小站工作模式。And determining, according to the information reported by the terminal with the working capability of the wireless station, that the terminal having the wireless station working capability is enabled to enter the wireless station working mode.
较佳的,所上报的信息还包括测量报告,所述测量报告包括以下信息之一或任意组合:Preferably, the reported information further includes a measurement report, and the measurement report includes one or any combination of the following information:
所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端的回程链路和传输质量信息;The backhaul link and transmission quality information of the terminal having the wireless station working capability;
所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端周围的终端到所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端的链路和传输质量信息;Link and transmission quality information of the terminal around the terminal having the wireless station working capability to the terminal having the wireless station working capability;
所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端周围的终端自身的链路和传输质量信息。The link and transmission quality information of the terminal itself around the terminal having the wireless station working capability.
较佳的,所述处理器还用于:Preferably, the processor is further configured to:
通过所述收发机接收所述具有无线小站能力的终端发送的启动无线小站工作模式的请求消息;Receiving, by the transceiver, a request message for starting a wireless station working mode sent by the wireless small station capable terminal;
根据所述请求消息,确定启动所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端进入无线小站工作模式。Determining, according to the request message, that the terminal having the wireless station working capability is activated to enter the wireless station working mode.
较佳的,所述启动无线小站工作模式的请求消息中包括:所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端能够提供的数据传输速率以及服务质量信息。Preferably, the request message for starting the wireless station working mode includes: a data transmission rate and quality of service information that the terminal having the wireless station working capability can provide.
较佳的,所述收发机还用于:Preferably, the transceiver is further configured to:
向所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端发送结束无线小站工作模式的信令,用于指示所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端根据所述结束无线小站工作模式的信令,取消无线小站配置并退出无线小站工作模式。Transmitting, by the terminal having the wireless station working capability, signaling to end the working mode of the wireless small station, to indicate that the terminal having the working capability of the wireless small station cancels the wireless according to the signaling of ending the working mode of the wireless small station The small station configures and exits the wireless station working mode.
较佳的,所述处理器还用于: Preferably, the processor is further configured to:
判断是否还有正在接受数据转发服务的终端,若有,则对所述正在接受数据转发服务的终端进行切换。It is judged whether there is a terminal that is accepting the data forwarding service, and if so, the terminal that is accepting the data forwarding service is switched.
较佳的,所述收发机还用于:Preferably, the transceiver is further configured to:
接收所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端向所述控制设备发送的结束无线小站工作模式的请求消息。Receiving, by the terminal having the wireless station working capability, a request message for ending the wireless station working mode sent to the control device.
较佳的,所述收发机还用于:Preferably, the transceiver is further configured to:
向所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端发送无线小站配置信息,用以指示所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端根据所述无线小站配置信息进行无线小站的配置。The wireless small station configuration information is sent to the terminal having the wireless station working capability, to indicate that the terminal having the wireless small station working capability performs the configuration of the wireless small station according to the wireless small station configuration information.
较佳的,所述无线小站配置信息包括以下部分或全部信息:Preferably, the wireless station configuration information includes some or all of the following information:
Uu口工作频点,所述Uu口是指所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端与接受数据转发服务的终端间的接口;Uu port working frequency point, the Uu port refers to an interface between the terminal having the wireless small station working capability and the terminal receiving the data forwarding service;
所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端的最大发射功率;The maximum transmit power of the terminal having the wireless station working capability;
所述Uu口的时域工作图样;a time domain working pattern of the Uu port;
Ux口的时域工作图样,所述Ux口是指所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端与宿主接入节点间的接口。A time domain working pattern of the Ux port, where the Ux port refers to an interface between the terminal having the wireless station working capability and the host access node.
较佳的,所述处理器还用于:Preferably, the processor is further configured to:
判断所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端在所述控制设备连接的不同接入节点之间进行移动时,通过所述收发机向所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端发送重配置请求消息。Determining that the terminal having the wireless station working capability transmits a reconfiguration request message to the terminal having the wireless small station working capability by the transceiver when moving between different access nodes connected by the control device.
较佳的,所述无线小站配置信息中包含承载映射关系,所述承载映射关系中,接受所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端所提供的数据转发服务的终端的承载以及所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端的承载中具有相同或相似传输属性的承载,被映射到同一个Ux口承载中,所述Ux口是指所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端与宿主接入节点间的接口。Preferably, the wireless small station configuration information includes a bearer mapping relationship, where the bearer of the terminal that receives the data forwarding service provided by the terminal having the wireless small station working capability and the wireless bearer A bearer having the same or similar transmission attribute in the bearer of the terminal of the small station working capability is mapped to the same Ux port bearer, and the Ux port refers to the terminal between the terminal having the wireless station working capability and the host access node. Interface.
较佳的,所述处理器通过所述收发机向具有无线小站工作能力的终端发送启动无线小站工作模式的信令之后,在控制面协议栈中至少包括:面向接受数据转发服务的终端的RRC实体和PDCH实体;Preferably, the processor sends, by using the transceiver, the signaling that activates the working mode of the wireless small station to the terminal having the working capability of the wireless small station, and at least includes: the terminal facing the data forwarding service in the control plane protocol stack. RRC entity and PDCH entity;
在用户面协议栈中至少包括:面向接受数据转发服务的终端的IP实体和PDCH实体。The user plane protocol stack includes at least: an IP entity and a PDCH entity facing the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service.
较佳的,在控制面协议栈中还包括:面向接受数据转发服务的终端的RLC实体;Preferably, the control plane protocol stack further includes: an RLC entity facing the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service;
在用户面协议栈中还包括:面向接受数据转发服务的终端的RLC实体。The user plane protocol stack further includes: an RLC entity facing the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service.
本发明实施例中,具有无线小站工作能力的终端根据控制设备发送的启动无线小站工作模式的信令以及无线小站配置信息,进行无线小站的配置并进入无线小站工作模式,从而可以将具有无线小站工作能力的终端作为无线小站进行工作,充当无线小站为其他终端提供高速率接入服务,进而能够满足未来网络多样化的需求,达到通信的高速率、高吞吐量和低时延的需求,并提高网络效率。 In the embodiment of the present invention, the terminal having the wireless station working capability performs the configuration of the wireless small station and enters the wireless small station working mode according to the signaling of the wireless small station working mode and the wireless small station configuration information sent by the control device, thereby A terminal with wireless small station working capability can be used as a wireless small station to serve as a wireless small station to provide high-speed access services for other terminals, thereby meeting the needs of future network diversification, achieving high communication speed and high throughput. And low latency requirements and improve network efficiency.
附图说明DRAWINGS
图1为现有技术中网络侧节点之间通过有线链路连接的示意图;1 is a schematic diagram of a network side node connected by a wired link in the prior art;
图2为本发明实施例提供的一种终端作为无线小站工作的网络架构示意图;2 is a schematic diagram of a network architecture of a terminal working as a wireless small station according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图3为本发明实施例中终端作为无线小站工作情况下的第一种控制面协议栈示意图;3 is a schematic diagram of a first control plane protocol stack in a case where a terminal operates as a wireless small station according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图4为本发明实施例中终端作为无线小站工作情况下的第一种用户面协议栈示意图;4 is a schematic diagram of a first user plane protocol stack in a case where a terminal operates as a wireless small station according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图5为本发明实施例中终端作为无线小站工作情况下的第二种控制面协议栈示意图;FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a second control plane protocol stack in a case where a terminal operates as a wireless small station according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图6为本发明实施例中终端作为无线小站工作情况下的第二种用户面协议栈示意图;6 is a schematic diagram of a second user plane protocol stack in a case where a terminal operates as a wireless small station according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图7为本发明实施例提供的一种终端作为无线小站的工作方法流程图;FIG. 7 is a flowchart of a working method of a terminal as a wireless small station according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图8为本发明实施例提供的一种承载映射示意图;FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of a bearer mapping according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图9为本发明实施例提供的一种终端作为无线小站工作情况下结束无线小站方法流程图;FIG. 9 is a flowchart of a method for ending a wireless small station in a working condition of a terminal as a wireless small station according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图10为本发明实施例提供的另一种终端作为无线小站的工作方法流程图;FIG. 10 is a flowchart of another working method of a terminal as a wireless small station according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图11为本发明实施例提供的一种作为无线小站工作的终端结构图;FIG. 11 is a structural diagram of a terminal working as a wireless small station according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图12为本发明实施例提供的一种控制设备结构图;FIG. 12 is a structural diagram of a control device according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图13为本发明实施例提供的一种终端结构图;FIG. 13 is a structural diagram of a terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图14为本发明实施例提供的一种控制设备结构图。FIG. 14 is a structural diagram of a control device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
具体实施方式detailed description
本发明实施例中,具有无线小站工作能力的终端是指该终端在软件方面能够支持与移动通信相关的协议栈,能够实现转发数据、解析数据等功能,同时该终端在硬件方面需要具有支持对回程链路(英文:backhaul)和Uu口链路进行测量、传输和处理的射频芯片,具有调制和解调移动通信数据所需的基带芯片,同时还具有一定的存储能力等。In the embodiment of the present invention, the terminal having the working ability of the wireless station means that the terminal can support the protocol stack related to the mobile communication in the software, and can implement the functions of forwarding data, parsing data, etc., and the terminal needs support in hardware. The radio frequency chip that measures, transmits, and processes the backhaul link (English: backhaul) and the Uu port link has a baseband chip required for modulating and demodulating mobile communication data, and also has a certain storage capability.
在现有无线网络中,backhaul指的是基站与控制器之间的链接,在本发明实施例中,作为无线小站工作的终端的backhaul是指该终端与接入节点之间的链接,作为无线小站的终端通过backhaul可接入接入节点,从而接入连接该接入节点的控制设备,进而进入无线网络。作为无线小站工作的终端的Uu口是指该终端与接受数据转发服务的其他终端间的接口。其中,控制设备是指控制面锚点设备和用户面锚点设备的统称,控制面锚点设备可以为本地控制器等设备,用户面锚点设备可以为本地网关等设备,控制面锚点设备和用户面锚点设备通常集成在一个设备中,比如集成为本地控制器/本地网关。In the existing wireless network, the backhaul refers to the link between the base station and the controller. In the embodiment of the present invention, the backhaul of the terminal working as the wireless small station refers to the link between the terminal and the access node, as The terminal of the wireless station can access the access node through the backhaul, thereby accessing the control device connected to the access node, and then entering the wireless network. The Uu port, which is a terminal that operates as a wireless station, refers to an interface between the terminal and other terminals that accept data forwarding services. The control device refers to the control plane anchor device and the user plane anchor device. The control plane anchor device can be a local controller and other devices. The user plane anchor device can be a local gateway device or the like, and the control plane anchor device. And user-side anchor devices are usually integrated into one device, such as integrated as a local controller/local gateway.
本发明实施例中,具有无线小站工作能力的终端根据控制设备发送的启动无线小站工作模式的信令以及无线小站配置信息,进行无线小站的配置并进入无线小站工作模式。具有无线小站工作能力的终端在启动无线小站工作模式后,可以充当无线小站为其他终端提供高速率接入服务。 In the embodiment of the present invention, the terminal having the wireless station working capability performs the configuration of the wireless small station and enters the wireless small station working mode according to the signaling of the wireless small station working mode and the wireless small station configuration information sent by the control device. After starting the wireless station working mode, the terminal with the wireless station working ability can serve as a wireless small station to provide high-rate access services for other terminals.
下面结合说明书附图对本发明实施例做详细描述。The embodiments of the present invention are described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
图2示例性地示出了一种终端作为无线小站工作的网络架构图。FIG. 2 exemplarily shows a network architecture diagram in which a terminal operates as a wireless station.
如图2所示,作为无线小站工作的终端通过无线接口与接入节点相连接,接入节点与控制设备(图中示为本地控制器/本地网关)通过有线链路连接,控制设备与核心网也是通过有线链路连接。作为无线小站工作的终端与接收数据转发服务的终端通过无线接口连接。As shown in FIG. 2, the terminal working as a wireless small station is connected to the access node through a wireless interface, and the access node and the control device (shown as a local controller/local gateway in the figure) are connected by a wired link, and the control device and the device are connected. The core network is also connected by a wired link. The terminal operating as a wireless station and the terminal receiving the data forwarding service are connected through a wireless interface.
作为无线小站工作的终端与接入节点之间的链路称为backhaul,作为无线小站工作的终端与接入节点之间的接口称为Ux口,作为无线小站工作的终端与所服务的UE之间的接口称为Uu口。The link between the terminal working as a wireless station and the access node is called backhaul, and the interface between the terminal working as a wireless station and the access node is called a Ux port, and the terminal working as a wireless station works and serves. The interface between the UEs is called the Uu port.
作为无线小站工作的终端可以与控制设备下的一个或多个接入节点连接,图中仅示例性地示出了与两个接入节点连接。进一步地,作为无线小站工作的终端还可以与一个或多个其他接入设备连接,比如,可以与宏站、eNB,或者无线接入节点AP连接。采用这种连接方式可以保证在连接时无线backhaul有较高的传输速率。A terminal operating as a wireless station may be connected to one or more access nodes under the control device, only exemplarily shown connected to two access nodes. Further, the terminal working as a wireless station may also be connected to one or more other access devices, for example, may be connected to a macro station, an eNB, or a wireless access node AP. This connection ensures that the wireless backhaul has a higher transmission rate when connected.
接受数据转发服务的终端也允许同时接受多个接入设备的服务,这些接入设备可以包括作为无线小站工作的终端、其他接入节点(如宏站服务小区,或者除无线小站UE节点之外的其它类型的小站节点),还可以同时与宏基站保持连接。A terminal that accepts a data forwarding service also allows simultaneous access to services of multiple access devices, which may include terminals operating as wireless stations, other access nodes (eg, macro station serving cells, or in addition to wireless small station UE nodes) Other types of small station nodes) can also remain connected to the macro base station at the same time.
具有无线小站工作能力的终端在作为无线小站进行工作时,需要能够支持与移动通信相关的协议栈。A terminal having a wireless station working capability needs to be able to support a protocol stack related to mobile communication when operating as a wireless station.
图3示例性地示出了终端作为无线小站工作情况下的第一种控制面协议栈示意图。FIG. 3 exemplarily shows a schematic diagram of a first control plane protocol stack in which the terminal operates as a wireless station.
如图3所示,作为无线小站工作的终端在控制面协议栈中至少包括:面向接受数据转发服务的终端的媒体接入控制(Media Access Control,简称:MAC)实体和物理(Physical,简称:PHY)实体,以及面向宿主接入节点的MAC实体和PHY实体。As shown in FIG. 3, the terminal working as a wireless station includes at least a media access control (MAC) entity and a physical (Physical) for the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service. : PHY) entity, and MAC entity and PHY entity for the host access node.
相应的,接受数据转发服务的终端在控制面协议栈中包括:面向作为无线小站工作的终端的MAC实体和PHY实体,面向控制设备的分组数据汇聚协议(Packet Data Convergence Protocol,简称:PDCP)实体、无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control,简称:RRC)协议实体和无线链路控制(Radio Link Control,简称:RLC)实体。接入节点在控制面协议栈中包括:面向作为无线小站工作的终端的MAC实体和PHY实体。Correspondingly, the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service includes, in the control plane protocol stack, a MAC entity and a PHY entity for the terminal working as a wireless station, and a Packet Data Convergence Protocol (PDCP) for the control device. Entity, Radio Resource Control (RRC) protocol entity, and Radio Link Control (RLC) entity. The access node includes in the control plane protocol stack: a MAC entity and a PHY entity for terminals operating as wireless stations.
图4示例性地示出了终端作为无线小站工作情况下的第一种用户面协议栈示意图。FIG. 4 exemplarily shows a schematic diagram of a first user plane protocol stack in which the terminal operates as a wireless station.
如图4所示,作为无线小站工作的终端在用户面协议栈中包括:面向接受数据转发服务的终端的MAC实体和PHY实体,以及面向宿主接入节点的MAC实体和PHY实体。As shown in FIG. 4, a terminal operating as a wireless station includes, in a user plane protocol stack, a MAC entity and a PHY entity for a terminal that accepts a data forwarding service, and a MAC entity and a PHY entity for a host access node.
相应的,接受数据转发服务的终端在用户面协议栈中包括:面向具有无线小站工作能力的终端的MAC实体和PHY实体,面向控制设备的PDCP实体、IP实体和RLC实体。接入节点在用户面协议栈中包括:面向作为无线小站工作的终端的MAC实体和PHY实体。 Correspondingly, the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service includes, in the user plane protocol stack, a MAC entity and a PHY entity for the terminal having the wireless small station working capability, a PDCP entity, an IP entity, and an RLC entity facing the control device. The access node includes in the user plane protocol stack: a MAC entity and a PHY entity for terminals operating as wireless stations.
上述描述中,宿主接入节点是指作为无线小站工作的终端所接入的接入节点的统称。In the above description, the host access node refers to the collective name of the access node accessed by the terminal working as a wireless small station.
在以上的控制面协议栈架构和用户面协议栈架构中,与数据安全性操作相关的协议实体,例如PDCP实体,应该位于控制设备中,在控制设备和接受数据转发服务的终端之间进行端到端的加密操作,对于中间经过的宿主接入节点和作为无线小站工作的终端,不能对接受数据转发服务的终端的数据进行解析,尤其是提供数据转发服务的终端,这样可以在使用非运营商设备进行数据转发服务的同时,保护接受数据转发服务的终端的隐私。In the above control plane protocol stack architecture and user plane protocol stack architecture, protocol entities related to data security operations, such as PDCP entities, should be located in the control device, between the control device and the terminal receiving the data forwarding service. The cryptographic operation at the end can not parse the data of the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service for the host access node that passes through and the terminal that works as the wireless small station, especially the terminal that provides the data forwarding service, so that the non-operational use can be used. The merchant device protects the privacy of the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service while performing the data forwarding service.
有些协议实体可以位于其他位置。例如在空口链路质量比较好的情况下,会将RLC实体放在接受数据转发服务的终端与控制设备的用户面配置以及接受数据转发服务的终端与控制设备的控制面配置。在空口链路质量不好的情况下,为了保证较高的数据传输准确率和交互时延等因素,也可以将RLC实体放在作为无线小站工作的终端与宿主接入节点之间的控制面配置。具体的,如图5所示,给出了第二种控制面协议栈架构示意图。图5中具有无线小站工作能力的终端进行无线小站的配置后,在控制面协议栈中包括:面向接受数据转发服务的终端的MAC实体、PHY实体和RLC实体;以及面向宿主接入节点的MAC实体、PHY实体和RLC实体。Some protocol entities can be located elsewhere. For example, when the air interface link quality is relatively good, the RLC entity is placed on the user plane configuration of the terminal and the control device that accepts the data forwarding service, and the control plane configuration of the terminal and the control device that accepts the data forwarding service. In the case of poor air interface quality, in order to ensure high data transmission accuracy and interaction delay, the RLC entity can also be placed between the terminal working as a wireless station and the host access node. Face configuration. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 5, a schematic diagram of a second control plane protocol stack architecture is shown. After the terminal having the wireless station working capability in FIG. 5 performs the configuration of the wireless small station, the control plane protocol stack includes: a MAC entity, a PHY entity, and an RLC entity for the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service; and a host-oriented access node MAC entity, PHY entity, and RLC entity.
接受数据转发服务的终端在控制面协议栈中包括:面向具有无线小站工作能力的终端的MAC实体、PHY实体和RLC实体;面向控制设备的PDCP实体、RRC实体。The terminal that accepts the data forwarding service includes, in the control plane protocol stack, a MAC entity, a PHY entity, and an RLC entity for a terminal having wireless small station working capability; a PDCP entity facing the control device, and an RRC entity.
接入节点在控制面协议栈中包括:面向作为无线小站工作的终端的MAC实体、PHY实体和RLC实体。The access node includes, in the control plane protocol stack, a MAC entity, a PHY entity, and an RLC entity for the terminal operating as a wireless station.
如图6所示,给出了第二种用户面协议栈架构示意图。具有无线小站工作能力的终端进行无线小站的配置后,在用户面协议栈中包括:面向接受数据转发服务的终端的MAC实体、PHY实体和RLC实体;以及面向宿主接入节点的MAC实体、PHY实体和RLC实体。As shown in FIG. 6, a schematic diagram of a second user plane protocol stack architecture is shown. After the wireless small station is configured, the terminal having the wireless station working capability includes: a MAC entity, a PHY entity, and an RLC entity for the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service; and a MAC entity that is oriented to the host access node. , PHY entity and RLC entity.
接受数据转发服务的终端在用户面协议栈中包括:面向具有无线小站工作能力的终端的MAC实体、PHY实体和RLC实体;面向控制设备的PDCP实体、IP实体。The terminal that accepts the data forwarding service includes: a MAC entity, a PHY entity, and an RLC entity for a terminal having wireless small station working capability; a PDCP entity and an IP entity facing the control device in the user plane protocol stack.
接入节点在用户面协议栈中包括:面向作为无线小站工作的终端的MAC实体、PHY实体和RLC实体。The access node includes in the user plane protocol stack: a MAC entity, a PHY entity, and an RLC entity for a terminal operating as a wireless station.
通过以上描述可知,具有无线小站工作能力的终端在进行上述协议栈配置以及启动无线小站工作模式后可作为无线小站工作。具有无线小站工作能力的终端在未启动无线小站工作模式时,享受网络运行商提供的网络服务,一旦启动无线小站工作模式,完成上述协议栈配置,就可以承载其他终端或接入节点的数据。As can be seen from the above description, a terminal having a wireless station working capability can operate as a wireless station after performing the above protocol stack configuration and starting the wireless station working mode. A terminal with wireless station working ability enjoys the network service provided by the network operator when the wireless station working mode is not activated. Once the wireless station working mode is activated and the protocol stack configuration is completed, other terminals or access nodes can be carried. The data.
具有无线小站工作能力的终端作为无线小站工作的前提是需要进入无线小站工作模式。具有无线小站工作能力的终端进入无线小站工作模式的触发方式一般有以下两种:The premise that the terminal with wireless station working ability works as a wireless station needs to enter the wireless station working mode. There are two types of triggering modes for a terminal with wireless station working capability to enter the wireless station working mode:
触发方式一:控制设备触发具有无线小站工作能力的终端进入无线小站工作模式; Trigger mode 1: The control device triggers the terminal having the wireless station working capability to enter the wireless station working mode;
触发方式二:具有无线小站工作能力的终端通过发送请求消息主动请求进入无线小站工作模式。Trigger mode 2: The terminal with the wireless station working capability actively requests to enter the wireless station working mode by sending a request message.
无论哪种触发方式,都需要控制设备向具有无线小站工作能力的终端发送启动无线小站工作模式的信令以及无线小站配置信息,其通用流程可如图7所示:Regardless of the trigger mode, the control device needs to send signaling to start the wireless station working mode and the wireless station configuration information to the terminal having the wireless station working capability, and the general procedure can be as shown in FIG. 7:
步骤701:具有无线小站工作能力的终端接收控制设备发送的启动无线小站工作模式的信令;Step 701: The terminal having the wireless station working capability receives signaling for starting the working mode of the wireless station sent by the control device.
步骤702:所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端根据所述启动无线小站工作模式的信令进入无线小站工作模式。Step 702: The terminal having the wireless station working capability enters the wireless station working mode according to the signaling of starting the wireless station working mode.
控制设备还会发送无线小站配置信息给具有无线小站工作能力的终端。具有无线小站工作能力的终端接收所述控制设备发送的无线小站配置信息,根据所述无线小站配置信息进行无线小站的配置。控制设备发送的无线小站配置信息可包括以下部分或全部信息:Uu口工作频点;具有无线小站工作能力的终端作为无线小站工作的最大发射功率;所述Uu口的时域工作图样;Ux口的时域工作图样。其中,Uu口和Ux口的定义同前所述。The control device also sends wireless station configuration information to terminals with wireless station capability. The terminal having the wireless station working capability receives the wireless small station configuration information sent by the control device, and performs configuration of the wireless small station according to the wireless small station configuration information. The wireless station configuration information sent by the control device may include some or all of the following information: a Uu port working frequency point; a terminal having a wireless station working capability as a maximum transmitting power of the wireless station; and a time domain working pattern of the Uu port; ; Ux port time domain work pattern. Among them, the Uu port and the Ux port are defined as described above.
在步骤702中,具有无线小站工作能力的终端根据控制设备发送的无线小站配置信息进行无线小站工作的配置,并在配置完成之后,可进一步向控制设备发送完成配置信令,之后该具有无线小站工作能力的终端进入小站工作模式。In step 702, the terminal having the wireless station working capability performs the configuration of the wireless station operation according to the wireless station configuration information sent by the control device, and after the configuration is completed, may further send the configuration signaling to the control device, and then A terminal having a wireless station working capability enters a station operating mode.
具有无线小站工作能力的终端进入小站工作模式后,可以遵循现有技术中接入节点规定的方式进行工作,例如,通过发送广播消息等公共信令,在接收到需要数据转发服务的终端的响应消息后接入该需要数据转发服务的终端。也可以不按照普通接入节点的方式接入需要数据转发服务的终端,而是接入由控制设备切换过来的需要数据转发服务的终端。After the terminal having the wireless station working capability enters the small station working mode, it can work according to the manner specified by the access node in the prior art, for example, by sending public signaling such as a broadcast message, and receiving the terminal that needs the data forwarding service. After the response message, the terminal that accesses the data forwarding service is accessed. It is also possible to access the terminal that needs the data forwarding service instead of the normal access node, and access the terminal that needs the data forwarding service that is switched by the control device.
下面分别详细描述以上两种触发方式的触发流程。The triggering process of the above two trigger modes is described in detail below.
触发方式一Trigger mode one
控制设备触发具有无线小站工作能力的终端进入无线小站工作模式之前,比如在步骤701之前,具有无线小站工作能力的终端需要向控制设备上报信息,所上报的信息中至少包括能够让控制设备确定该终端具有无线小站工作能力的信息。Before the control device triggers the terminal having the wireless station working capability to enter the wireless station working mode, for example, before step 701, the terminal having the wireless station working capability needs to report the information to the control device, and the reported information includes at least the control The device determines that the terminal has information on the ability of the wireless station to operate.
优选的,所上报的信息还包括测量报告,所述测量报告包括以下信息之一或任意组合:具有无线小站工作能力的终端的回程链路和传输质量信息;具有无线小站工作能力的终端周围的终端到该具有无线小站工作能力的终端的链路和传输质量信息;具有无线小站工作能力的终端周围的终端自身的链路和传输质量信息。Preferably, the reported information further includes a measurement report, the measurement report including one or any combination of the following information: a backhaul link and transmission quality information of the terminal having the wireless station working capability; and a terminal having the wireless station working capability The link and transmission quality information of the surrounding terminal to the terminal having the wireless station working capability; the link and transmission quality information of the terminal itself around the terminal having the wireless small station working capability.
在步骤701中,控制设备将接收到的具有无线小站工作能力的终端发送的信息进行综合的处理和判断,当判断其中一个具有无线小站工作能力的终端启动为无线小站工作模式后,能对整体网络效率带来提升,则向该具有无线小站工作能力的终端发送启动无线小站工作模式的信令以及无线小站配置信息。 In step 701, the control device performs comprehensive processing and judgment on the information sent by the terminal having the wireless station working capability, and after determining that one of the terminals having the wireless station working capability is activated as the wireless station working mode, If the overall network efficiency can be improved, the signaling of the wireless small station working mode and the wireless small station configuration information are sent to the terminal having the wireless station working capability.
其余步骤的处理同图7所示,在此不再赘述。The processing of the remaining steps is the same as that shown in FIG. 7, and details are not described herein again.
触发方式二Trigger mode two
在这种触发方式下,在步骤701之前,具有无线小站工作能力的终端自行确定是否启动无线小站工作模式。如果确定启动无线小站工作模式,则向控制设备发送启动无线小站工作模式的请求消息。控制设备基于具有无线小站工作能力的终端发送的启动无线小站工作模式的请求消息,确定启动所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端进入无线小站工作模式。In this trigger mode, before step 701, the terminal having the wireless station working capability determines whether to activate the wireless station working mode. If it is determined that the wireless station operating mode is activated, a request message to start the wireless station operating mode is sent to the control device. The control device determines to start the wireless small station working mode by starting the request message of the wireless small station working mode based on the request message for starting the wireless small station working mode sent by the terminal having the wireless station working capability.
在步骤701中,控制设备接收到该请求消息之后,进行综合评估和判断,判断满足开启无线小站模式的条件,并允许该具有无线小站工作能力的终端启动无线小站工作模式之后,向该终端发送启动无线小站工作模式的信令以及无线小站配置信息。In step 701, after receiving the request message, the control device performs comprehensive evaluation and judgment, determines that the condition for enabling the wireless station mode is met, and allows the terminal having the wireless station working capability to start the wireless station working mode, and then The terminal sends signaling to start the wireless station working mode and wireless station configuration information.
优选的,具有无线小站工作能力的终端在直接向控制设备发送启动无线小站工作模式的请求消息中还可以携带一些该具有无线小站工作能力的终端所能够提供的服务质量信息,例如该具有无线小站工作能力的终端支持的频点、带宽、处理速度和存储能力等,以使控制设备对该具有无线小站工作能力的终端发送的无线小站配置信息更有针对性,能够对整体网络效率带来提升。优选的,所述启动无线小站工作模式的请求消息中还包括:所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端能够提供的数据传输速率。Preferably, the terminal having the wireless station working capability can also carry the service quality information that the terminal having the wireless station working capability can provide in the request message for directly transmitting the working mode of the wireless station to the control device, for example, the The frequency, bandwidth, processing speed, and storage capacity supported by the terminal having the wireless station working capability, so that the control device is more targeted to the wireless station configuration information sent by the terminal having the wireless station working capability, and can Overall network efficiency brings improvement. Preferably, the request message for starting the wireless station working mode further includes: a data transmission rate that the terminal having the wireless station working capability can provide.
其余步骤的处理同图7所示,在此不再赘述。The processing of the remaining steps is the same as that shown in FIG. 7, and details are not described herein again.
在以下三种情况下,具有无线小站工作能力的终端可自行确定启动无线小站工作模式:In the following three cases, the terminal with the wireless station working ability can determine the working mode of the wireless station by itself:
情况一:具有无线小站工作能力的终端发送广播探测消息,该广播探测消息用于指示发送所述广播探测消息的终端具有无线小站工作能力;该具有无线小站工作能力的终端接收到需要数据转发服务的终端根据所述广播探测消息返回的响应消息后,向所述控制设备发送启动无线小站工作模式的请求消息。优选的,广播探测消息中包括具有无线小站工作能力的终端能够提供的数据传输速率以及服务质量信息。Case 1: The terminal having the wireless station working capability sends a broadcast probe message, where the broadcast probe message is used to indicate that the terminal that sends the broadcast probe message has the wireless station working capability; the terminal with the wireless station working capability receives the need After receiving the response message returned by the broadcast probe message, the terminal of the data forwarding service sends a request message for starting the wireless station working mode to the control device. Preferably, the broadcast probe message includes a data transmission rate and quality of service information that the terminal having the wireless station working capability can provide.
具体的,具有无线小站工作能力的终端发送的广播探测消息可以与D2D广播信令类似。接收到该广播探测消息的终端可以确定发送该广播探测消息的终端具有无线小站工作能力,也可以获得发送该广播探测消息的终端能够提供的数据传输速率以及服务质量信息。对于周围的终端,接收到该广播探测消息之后,先判断自身到该具有无线小站工作能力的终端的链路质量,以及自身是否需要数据转发服务,如果均满足要求,则可以向该具有无线小站工作能力的终端发送响应消息,以便让该具有无线小站工作能力的终端确定其周围有需要数据转发服务的终端。具有无线小站工作能力的终端接收到响应消息之后,确认周围有需要数据转发服务的终端,则向控制设备发送启动无线小站工作模式的请求消息。Specifically, the broadcast probe message sent by the terminal having the wireless station working capability may be similar to the D2D broadcast signaling. The terminal that receives the broadcast probe message may determine that the terminal that sends the broadcast probe message has the wireless station working capability, and may also obtain the data transmission rate and the quality of service information that the terminal that sends the broadcast probe message can provide. After receiving the broadcast probe message, the neighboring terminal first determines the link quality of the terminal to the wireless small station working capability, and whether it needs the data forwarding service itself, and if it meets the requirements, the wireless terminal can The terminal of the small station working capability sends a response message to let the terminal having the wireless station working ability determine the terminal around which the data forwarding service is needed. After receiving the response message, the terminal having the wireless station working capability confirms that there is a terminal that needs the data forwarding service, and sends a request message for starting the wireless station working mode to the control device.
情况二:具有无线小站工作能力的终端接收需要数据转发服务的终端发送的广播探测 消息,该广播探测消息用于探测具有无线小站工作能力的终端;具有无线小站工作能力的终端确认能够为发送所述广播探测消息的终端提供数据转发服务后,向发送所述广播探测消息的终端发送响应消息,并在接收到发送所述广播探测消息的终端根据所述响应消息返回的确认消息后,向控制设备发送启动无线小站工作模式的请求消息。Case 2: A terminal with a wireless station working capability receives a broadcast probe sent by a terminal that needs a data forwarding service. a message, the broadcast probe message is used to detect a terminal having a wireless station working capability; and the terminal having the wireless station working capability confirms that the data forwarding service can be provided to the terminal that sends the broadcast probe message, and then sends the broadcast probe message The terminal sends a response message, and after receiving the acknowledgement message returned by the terminal that sends the broadcast probe message, according to the response message, sends a request message for starting the wireless station working mode to the control device.
具体的,需要数据转发服务的终端发送广播探测消息可以与D2D(Device to Device,终端到终端)广播信令类似,探测周围是否有能够提供数据转发服务的具有无线小站工作能力的终端。具有无线小站工作能力的终端接收到该广播探测消息后,判断自身是否具有无线小站工作能力,并判断自身到该需要数据转发服务的终端之间的链路质量是否满足要求,均满足要求之后,向该需要数据转发服务的终端发送响应消息。该需要数据转发服务的终端有可能收到不止一个具有无线小站工作能力的终端发送的响应消息,此时可以根据各个具有无线小站工作能力的终端所能提供的最大数据转发速率或者链路质量等条件,从中挑选一个最符合要求的具有无线小站工作能力的终端,并发送确认消息给挑选中的具有无线小站工作能力的终端。具有无线小站工作能力的终端接收到确认消息之后,向控制设备发送启动无线小站工作模式的请求消息。Specifically, the terminal that needs the data forwarding service to send the broadcast probe message may be similar to the D2D (Device to Device) broadcast signaling, and detect whether there is a terminal with wireless small station working capability capable of providing the data forwarding service. After receiving the broadcast probe message, the terminal having the wireless station working capability determines whether it has the wireless station working capability, and determines whether the link quality between the terminals that need the data forwarding service meets the requirements, and meets the requirements. Thereafter, a response message is sent to the terminal that needs the data forwarding service. The terminal that needs the data forwarding service may receive a response message sent by more than one terminal having the working capability of the wireless small station, and at this time, according to the maximum data forwarding rate or link that each terminal having the working capability of the wireless small station can provide. Conditions such as quality, select one of the most suitable terminals with wireless station working ability, and send a confirmation message to the selected terminal with wireless station working ability. After receiving the acknowledgment message, the terminal having the wireless station working capability sends a request message for starting the wireless station working mode to the control device.
情况三:具有无线小站工作能力的终端根据自身预设状态的变化确定需要启动无线小站工作模式的请求,则向控制设备发送启动无线小站工作模式的请求消息。Case 3: The terminal having the wireless station working capability determines a request to start the wireless station working mode according to the change of the preset state, and sends a request message for starting the wireless station working mode to the control device.
例如,具有无线小站工作能力的终端预设的无线小站工作模式为关闭状态,当用户认为预设状态需要变化,确定需要启动无线小站工作模式的请求,用户手动的开启了无线小站工作模式的开关,此时该终端可以直接向控制设备发送启动无线小站工作模式的请求消息。For example, the wireless station operating mode preset by the terminal having the wireless station working capability is in the off state. When the user thinks that the preset state needs to be changed, it is determined that the request for starting the wireless station working mode needs to be started, and the user manually turns on the wireless station. The working mode switch, at this time, the terminal can directly send a request message for starting the wireless station working mode to the control device.
具有无线小站工作能力的终端在根据控制设备发送的无线小站配置信息进行配置时,除了进行如前所述的协议栈配置以外,还要进行承载映射配置,从而在作为无线小站进行数据转发服务时,能够进行承载管理。When the terminal having the wireless station working capability is configured according to the wireless small station configuration information sent by the control device, in addition to performing the protocol stack configuration as described above, the bearer mapping configuration is also performed, thereby performing data as a wireless small station. When forwarding services, it is possible to perform bearer management.
具有无线小站工作能力的终端及其宿主接入节点均需进行承载映射的配置,其过程可包括:A terminal with a wireless station working capability and its host access node are required to perform bearer mapping configuration, and the process may include:
具有无线小站工作能力的终端以及具有无线小站工作能力的终端的宿主接入节点,接收控制设备发送的承载映射关系,并根据承载映射关系进行上行和/或下行的承载映射;其中,承载映射关系中,接受数据转发服务的终端的承载以及具有无线小站工作能力的终端的承载中具有相同或相似传输属性的承载,被映射到同一个Ux口承载中,所述Ux口是指所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端与宿主接入节点间的接口。A host access node having a wireless station working capability and a terminal having a wireless station working capability, receiving a bearer mapping relationship sent by the control device, and performing uplink and/or downlink bearer mapping according to the bearer mapping relationship; In the mapping relationship, the bearer of the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service and the bearer that has the same or similar transmission attribute in the bearer of the terminal with the wireless station working capability are mapped to the same Ux port bearer, where the Ux port refers to the An interface between a terminal having a wireless station working capability and a host access node.
承载映射关系中包括接受数据转发服务的终端的承载、该具有无线小站工作能力的终端的承载以及Ux口承载之间的映射关系。具有无线小站工作能力的终端可以根据该承载映射关系确定如何传输承载中的数据。每个Ux口承载中传输属性相同或者相似是指传输 的服务质量(Quality of Service,简称:QoS)属性相同或相似,例如均为保证比特速率(Guranteed Bit Rate,简称:GBR)/non-GBR,传输误码率要求相同或相似,传输时延要求相同或相似,传输优先级相同或相似等。The bearer mapping relationship includes the bearer of the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service, the bearer of the terminal with the wireless station working capability, and the mapping relationship between the Ux port bearers. The terminal having the wireless station working capability can determine how to transmit the data in the bearer according to the bearer mapping relationship. The transmission attribute in each Ux port bearer is the same or similar. The quality of service (QoS) attributes are the same or similar. For example, the guaranteed bit rate (Guranteed Bit Rate, GBR)/non-GBR, the transmission error rate requirements are the same or similar, and the transmission delay requirement is required. Same or similar, the transmission priorities are the same or similar.
具有无线小站工作能力的终端在进行上行传输时,为每个接受数据转发服务的终端的每个承载建立专用隧道;针对当前发送上行数据的终端的承载,使用对应的专用隧道对上行数据进行封装。A terminal having a wireless station working capability establishes a dedicated tunnel for each bearer of the terminal that receives the data forwarding service when performing uplink transmission; and uses the corresponding dedicated tunnel to perform uplink data for the bearer of the terminal that currently transmits the uplink data. Package.
例如,如图8所示,UE1的承载RB(英文:Radio Bearer)1和UE2的承载RB3具有相同的传输属性,被映射到相同的Ux口的承载RB5中进行传输;具有无线小站工作能力的终端的承载RB4与UE1的承载RB2具有相同的传输属性,被映射到相同的Ux口的承载RB6中进行传输。For example, as shown in FIG. 8, the bearer RB (English: Radio Bearer) 1 of UE1 and the bearer RB3 of UE2 have the same transmission attribute, are mapped to the bearer RB5 of the same Ux port for transmission, and have the capability of wireless station operation. The bearer RB4 of the terminal has the same transmission attribute as the bearer RB2 of the UE1, and is mapped to the bearer RB6 of the same Ux port for transmission.
具有无线小站工作能力的终端在进行下行传输时,根据下行数据的专用隧道封装头确定出对应的目标终端的目标承载,并将下行数据发送给所述目标终端。但是由于会有多个不同终端的承载在同一个Ux口承载中传输,因此具有无线小站工作能力的终端在接收到Ux口承载中传输的数据后,需要对不同终端的下行数据进行区分,以便将下行数据发送到正确的目标终端。When performing downlink transmission, the terminal having the wireless station working capability determines the target bearer of the corresponding target terminal according to the dedicated tunnel encapsulation header of the downlink data, and sends the downlink data to the target terminal. However, since the bearers of multiple different terminals are transmitted in the same Ux port bearer, the terminal having the wireless station working capability needs to distinguish the downlink data of different terminals after receiving the data transmitted in the Ux port bearer. In order to send downlink data to the correct target terminal.
具有无线小站工作能力的终端只是对接收数据转发服务的终端的数据按照现有的中转传输的方式进行中转传输,此时具有无线小站工作能力的终端和宿主接入节点之间会为每个接收数据转发服务的终端的每个承载建立专用的隧道。为每个承载建立的专用的隧道与每个接收数据转发服务的终端的一个承载之间是一一对应的关系,因此在Ux口每个承载上的混合的每个接收数据转发服务的终端的数据,均可以通过每个承载建立专用的隧道的标识识别出这是哪个接收数据转发服务的终端的哪个承载。例如,具有无线小站工作能力的终端和宿主接入节点之间会为每个接收数据转发服务的终端的每个承载建立GPRS通道协议-用户面(GPRS Tunnel Protocol User Plane,简称:GTP-U)隧道,可以通过GTP-U数据的头部识别出这是哪个接收数据转发服务的终端的哪个承载。The terminal having the wireless station working capability only transfers the data of the terminal receiving the data forwarding service according to the existing relay transmission mode, and the terminal having the wireless station working capability and the host access node will each be Each bearer of the terminal receiving the data forwarding service establishes a dedicated tunnel. There is a one-to-one correspondence between a dedicated tunnel established for each bearer and one bearer of each terminal that receives the data forwarding service, so each of the bearers on each bearer of the Ux port receives the data forwarding service. Data, each of which can identify which bearer of the terminal that receives the data forwarding service is identified by the identity of each bearer that establishes a dedicated tunnel. For example, a terminal with a wireless station working capability and a host access node establish a GPRS Tunnel Protocol User Plane (GTP-U) for each bearer of each terminal that receives the data forwarding service. The tunnel can identify which bearer of the terminal that receives the data forwarding service through the header of the GTP-U data.
具有无线小站工作能力的终端的数据的起点或者终点为其本身,因此不再需要建立隧道,只需经过内部的协议封装的数据,例如RLC SDU(Service Data Unit,服务数据单元)。可以用以下两种方式进行解析和区分Ux口承载中的具有无线小站工作能力的终端的数据和接收数据转发服务的终端的数据。The starting point or the end point of the data of the terminal having the wireless station working capability is itself, so that it is no longer necessary to establish a tunnel, and only the data encapsulated by the internal protocol, such as an RLC SDU (Service Data Unit). The data of the terminal having the wireless station working capability and the data of the terminal receiving the data forwarding service in the Ux port bearer can be parsed and distinguished in the following two ways.
一种方式为:具有无线小站工作能力的终端对所述Ux口接收到的数据分别按照专用隧道解包方式以及协议数据包解包方式进行盲检,若按照专用隧道解包方式盲检成功,则确认所述Ux口接收到的数据的目标终端为接受数据转发服务的终端,若按照协议数据包解包方式盲检成功,则确认所述Ux口接收到的数据的目标终端为所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端。例如,具有无线小站工作能力的终端的每个承载中的数据经过GTP-U封装, 而具有无线小站工作能力的终端的数据经过RLC SDU封装。对数据进行盲检时,分别按照GTP-U数据解包方式和RLC SDU数据的解包方式进行解码,按照哪种方式解码成功,则可以确定该数据的封装类型,进而确定该数据是属于具有无线小站工作能力的终端的数据还是属于具有无线小站工作能力的终端的数据。One method is: the terminal having the working ability of the wireless station performs blind detection on the data received by the Ux port according to the dedicated tunnel unpacking mode and the protocol data packet unpacking mode, and the blind check succeeds according to the dedicated tunnel unpacking mode. And confirming that the target terminal of the data received by the Ux port is a terminal that accepts the data forwarding service, and if the blind detection succeeds according to the protocol packet unpacking mode, confirming that the target terminal of the data received by the Ux port is the A terminal with wireless station capability. For example, data in each bearer of a terminal having wireless station capability is encapsulated in a GTP-U. The data of the terminal with the capability of the wireless station is encapsulated by the RLC SDU. When the data is blindly detected, it is decoded according to the GTP-U data unpacking mode and the RLC SDU data unpacking method. In which way the decoding is successful, the encapsulation type of the data can be determined, and then the data is determined to have The data of the terminal of the wireless station working ability is still the data of the terminal having the wireless station working ability.
另一种方式为:具有无线小站工作能力的终端获取所述Ux口接收到的数据中携带的指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示目标终端是具有无线小站工作能力的终端还是接受数据转发服务的终端,并根据所述指示信息确定所述Ux口接收到的数据的目标终端。例如,数据中携带的指示信息为数据包头的特定字段,该特定字段中有2个比特位,其中该特定字段为00代表该数据为具有无线小站工作能力的终端的数据;为01则代表该数据为第一接受数据转发服务的终端的数据;为11则代表该数据为第二接受数据转发服务的终端的数据等。The other method is: the terminal having the wireless station working capability acquires the indication information carried in the data received by the Ux interface, where the indication information is used to indicate whether the target terminal is a terminal having the wireless station working capability or accepts data. Forwarding the terminal of the service, and determining a target terminal of the data received by the Ux port according to the indication information. For example, the indication information carried in the data is a specific field of the packet header, and the specific field has 2 bits, wherein the specific field is 00, the data is data of the terminal having the wireless station working capability; and 01 is representative The data is the data of the terminal that receives the data forwarding service first; the data representing 11 is the data of the terminal that receives the data forwarding service, and the like.
再例如,数据中携带的指示信息为一个新增特定字段,该新增特定字段与数据重新封装后位于重新封装后的数据的数据包头部,该新增特定字段中有1个比特位,其中该新增特定字段为0代表该数据为具有无线小站工作能力的终端的数据;为1则代表该数据为接受数据转发服务的终端的数据。For example, the indication information carried in the data is a new specific field, and the newly added specific field and the data are re-encapsulated and located in the packet header of the re-encapsulated data, and the newly added specific field has 1 bit, wherein The newly added specific field is 0 to represent the data as data of the terminal having the wireless station working capability; and 1 to represent the data as the data of the terminal receiving the data forwarding service.
具有无线小站工作能力的终端在为接受数据转发服务的终端进行服务时,还需解决涉及具有无线小站工作能力的终端移动时所产生的问题。When a terminal having a wireless station working capability is serving a terminal that accepts a data forwarding service, it also needs to solve a problem that occurs when a terminal having a wireless station working capability moves.
涉及具有无线小站工作能力的终端的移动性管理分为两大类:There are two broad categories of mobility management involving terminals with wireless small station capabilities:
一、具有无线小站工作能力的终端之下的接受数据转发服务的终端的移动性管理;1. Mobility management of a terminal that accepts a data forwarding service under a terminal having a wireless station working capability;
二、具有无线小站工作能力的终端自身的移动性管理。Second, the mobility management of the terminal itself with wireless small station working ability.
下面分别描述不同情况下的移动性管理。The mobility management in different situations is separately described below.
对于具有无线小站工作能力的终端之下的接受数据转发服务的终端的移动性管理,接受数据转发服务的终端会将正在为其服务的具有无线小站工作能力的终端视为一个正常的接入节点,因此该接受数据转发服务的终端的移动性管理,与现有技术中接入节点对其下的终端的移动性管理是一样的。具体的,接受数据转发服务的终端在需要更换为其服务的具有无线小站工作能力的终端时进行的重配置过程;接受数据转发服务的终端切换到其它具有无线小站工作能力的终端的过程等。在此不再赘述具有无线小站工作能力的终端之下的接受数据转发服务的终端的移动性管理具体采用何种技术手段。For the mobility management of the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service under the terminal with wireless small station working capability, the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service regards the terminal that is serving the wireless station to be a normal connection. The ingress node, therefore, the mobility management of the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service is the same as the mobility management of the terminal under the access node in the prior art. Specifically, the reconfiguration process performed by the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service when it needs to replace the terminal with the wireless station working capability that is served by the terminal; the process of the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service switches to another terminal having the capability of working at the wireless station Wait. The technical means of specifically adopting the mobility management of the terminal receiving the data forwarding service under the terminal having the wireless station working capability will not be described herein.
对于具有无线小站工作能力的终端自身的移动性管理,又可以分为两种情况讨论。对于第一种情况,具有无线小站工作能力的终端与接收数据转发服务的终端同时移动,但是它们之间没有相对移动。这种情况最典型的场景为具有无线小站工作能力的终端与接收数据转发服务的终端位于同在一辆高速移动的车内。此时,当具有无线小站工作能力的终端仅仅跨宿主接入节点进行移动,而控制设备的连接保持不变的情况下,控制设备可能需要 对具有无线小站工作能力的终端进行重配置,并且相应的协议栈需要复位。对于具有无线小站工作能力的终端下正在接收数据转发服务的终端,在不需要切换具有无线小站工作能力的终端的情况下,则不需要进行重配置,也不需要协议栈的复位。当具有无线小站工作能力的终端移动到控制设备的控制区域外时,则此时具有无线小站工作能力的终端需要进行切换,其下服务的接收数据转发服务的终端也需要进行切换,两个切换流程可以分别独立进行,也可以进行一定的绑定进而优化该过程。For the mobility management of the terminal itself with wireless small station working ability, it can be divided into two situations. For the first case, the terminal having the wireless station working capability moves simultaneously with the terminal receiving the data forwarding service, but there is no relative movement between them. The most typical scenario in this case is that a terminal with wireless station capability is located in the same high-speed mobile vehicle as the terminal receiving the data forwarding service. At this time, when the terminal having the wireless station working capability moves only across the host access node, and the connection of the control device remains unchanged, the control device may need to The terminal with wireless small station working capability is reconfigured, and the corresponding protocol stack needs to be reset. For a terminal that is receiving a data forwarding service under a terminal having a wireless station working capability, in the case where it is not necessary to switch a terminal having a wireless station working capability, reconfiguration is not required, and a reset of the protocol stack is not required. When the terminal having the wireless station working capability moves outside the control area of the control device, the terminal having the wireless station working capability needs to perform the handover at this time, and the terminal that receives the data forwarding service under the service also needs to perform the handover. The switching process can be performed independently, or a certain binding can be performed to optimize the process.
对于第二种情况,另一种具有无线小站工作能力的终端发生移动,同时具有无线小站工作能力的终端和其下服务的接收数据转发服务的终端之间具有相对移动。这种情况最典型的场景为接收数据转发服务的终端保持静止,具有无线小站工作能力的终端发生移动。此时具有无线小站工作能力的终端需要根据情况,进行重配置或者切换过程,此时其下接收数据转发服务的终端需要寻找新的接入节点,进行相应的重配置或者切换过程。具有无线小站工作能力的终端和接收数据转发服务的终端的移动性过程应分别进行处理。For the second case, another terminal having the wireless station working capability moves, and the terminal having the wireless station working capability and the terminal serving the data forwarding service under it have relative movement. The most typical scenario in this case is that the terminal receiving the data forwarding service remains stationary, and the terminal having the wireless station working capability moves. At this time, the terminal having the working ability of the wireless small station needs to perform the reconfiguration or the handover process according to the situation. At this time, the terminal that receives the data forwarding service needs to find a new access node and perform a corresponding reconfiguration or handover process. The mobility process of the terminal having the wireless station working capability and the terminal receiving the data forwarding service shall be separately processed.
在进行移动性管理时,具有无线小站工作能力的终端接收所述控制设备发送的重配置请求消息,并根据所述重配置请求消息进行重配置;其中,所述重配置请求消息是所述控制设备在判断所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端在所述控制设备连接的不同接入节点之间进行移动时发送的;或者When performing mobility management, the terminal having the wireless station working capability receives the reconfiguration request message sent by the control device, and performs reconfiguration according to the reconfiguration request message; wherein the reconfiguration request message is the The control device transmits when it is determined that the terminal having the wireless station working capability moves between different access nodes connected to the control device; or
具有无线小站工作能力的终端接收所述控制设备归属的核心网发送的切换命令,并根据所述切换命令切换到目标控制设备;其中,所述切换命令是所述核心网在判断所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端跨控制面锚点进行移动时发送的。The terminal having the wireless station working capability receives the handover command sent by the core network to which the control device belongs, and switches to the target control device according to the handover command; wherein the handover command is that the core network determines that the core network The wireless station's working ability is transmitted when the terminal moves across the control plane anchor point.
当以下情况发生时,需要启动无线小站工作模式结束流程:具有无线小站工作能力的终端出于节电等因素考虑,需要关闭无线小站工作模式;控制设备判断不再需要具有无线小站工作能力的终端启动无线小站工作模式;具有无线小站工作能力的终端之下的接受数据转发服务的终端的业务已经结束;由于其他原因需要关闭无线小站工作模式。When the following occurs, the wireless station working mode end process needs to be started: the terminal with the wireless station working ability needs to turn off the wireless station working mode for reasons such as power saving; the control device judges that it is no longer necessary to have the wireless station The working capability terminal starts the wireless station working mode; the service of the terminal receiving the data forwarding service under the terminal having the wireless station working capability has ended; for other reasons, the wireless station working mode needs to be turned off.
如图9所示,本发明实施例提供的一种结束具有无线小站工作能力的终端的无线小站工作模式的方法流程图,包括:As shown in FIG. 9, a flowchart of a method for ending a wireless station working mode of a terminal having a wireless station working capability according to an embodiment of the present invention includes:
步骤901:所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端接收所述控制设备发送的结束无线小站工作模式的信令;Step 901: The terminal having the working capability of the wireless small station receives the signaling of ending the working mode of the wireless small station sent by the control device.
步骤902:所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端根据所述结束无线小站工作模式的信令,取消无线小站配置并退出无线小站工作模式。Step 902: The terminal having the wireless station working capability cancels the wireless station configuration and exits the wireless station working mode according to the signaling of ending the wireless station working mode.
在步骤901中,控制设备结束具有无线小站工作能力的终端的无线小站工作模式时,先确定具有无线小站工作能力的终端下是否有正在接受数据转发服务的终端,若有,则将接受数据转发服务的终端切换到其他接入节点。此时该具有无线小站工作能力的终端接收控制设备发送的结束无线小站工作模式的信令。 In step 901, when the control device ends the wireless station operating mode of the terminal having the wireless station working capability, it is first determined whether there is a terminal that is receiving the data forwarding service under the terminal having the wireless station working capability, and if so, The terminal that accepts the data forwarding service switches to another access node. At this time, the terminal having the wireless station working capability receives the signaling of ending the wireless station working mode sent by the control device.
在步骤902中具有无线小站工作能力的终端根据结束无线小站工作模式的信令,取消无线小站配置并退出无线小站工作模式。具有无线小站工作能力的终端会进行射频调整,清除数据缓存以及清除无线小站配置信息等操作,然后向控制设备回复完成退出无线小站工作模式的信令,并转入普通终端的工作模式。In step 902, the terminal having the wireless station working capability cancels the wireless station configuration and exits the wireless station operating mode according to the signaling of ending the wireless station operating mode. The terminal with wireless station working ability will perform radio frequency adjustment, clear data buffer and clear wireless station configuration information, and then reply to the control device to complete the signaling of exiting the wireless station working mode, and transfer to the working mode of the ordinary terminal. .
在步骤901之前,如果具有无线小站工作能力的终端由于自身的原因需要主动退出无线小站工作模式,还需要向控制设备发送结束无线小站工作模式的请求消息,等到接收到控制设备发送的结束无线小站工作模式的信令之后,才能退出无线小站工作模式。Before step 901, if the terminal having the wireless station working capability needs to actively exit the wireless station working mode due to its own reasons, it is also required to send a request message for ending the wireless station working mode to the control device, and wait until receiving the control device sends the request message. After the signaling of the wireless station working mode is terminated, the wireless station working mode can be exited.
如图10所示,本发明实施例提供的另一种终端作为无线小站的工作方法流程图,该方法包括:As shown in FIG. 10, a flowchart of a working method of a wireless terminal as another wireless terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention includes:
步骤1001:控制设备向具有无线小站工作能力的终端发送启动无线小站工作模式的信令,用于指示所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端根据所述启动无线小站工作模式的信令进入无线小站工作模式。Step 1001: The control device sends, to the terminal having the working capability of the wireless small station, signaling for starting the working mode of the wireless small station, and is used to indicate that the terminal having the working capability of the wireless small station is configured according to the signaling mode for starting the working mode of the wireless small station. Enter the wireless station working mode.
控制设备还会向具有无线小站工作能力的终端发送无线小站配置信息,用以指示所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端根据所述无线小站配置信息进行无线小站的配置。The control device also sends the wireless station configuration information to the terminal having the wireless station working capability, to indicate that the terminal having the wireless station working capability performs the configuration of the wireless station according to the wireless small station configuration information.
在步骤1001之前,控制设备可以是先接收到具有无线小站工作能力的终端发送的启动无线小站工作模式的请求消息之后,并根据无线链路质量以及其他条件判断出可以允许该具有无线小站工作能力的终端启动无线小站工作模式,则向该具有无线小站工作能力的终端发送启动无线小站工作模式的信令以及无线小站配置信息。Before the step 1001, the control device may first receive the request message for starting the wireless small station working mode sent by the terminal having the wireless small station working capability, and determine that the wireless small size can be allowed according to the wireless link quality and other conditions. When the terminal of the station working capability starts the wireless station working mode, the signaling of the wireless small station working mode and the wireless small station configuration information are sent to the terminal having the working capability of the wireless small station.
控制设备也可以通过接收到的具有无线小站工作能力的终端发送的指示其具有无线小站工作能力的信息,判断是否将该具有无线小站工作能力的终端启动为无线小站工作模式。The control device may also determine whether the terminal having the wireless station working capability is activated as the wireless station working mode by receiving the information sent by the terminal having the wireless station working capability indicating that it has the wireless station working capability.
在步骤1001之后,控制设备还会发送承载映射关系给具有无线小站工作能力的终端以及具有无线小站工作能力的终端的宿主接入节点。承载映射关系中,接受数据转发服务的终端的承载以及具有无线小站工作能力的终端的承载中具有相同或相似传输属性的承载,被映射到同一个Ux口承载中。After step 1001, the control device also sends a bearer mapping relationship to the terminal having the wireless station working capability and the host access node of the terminal having the wireless station working capability. In the bearer mapping relationship, the bearer of the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service and the bearer that has the same or similar transmission attribute in the bearer of the terminal with the wireless station working capability are mapped to the same Ux port bearer.
控制设备在收到工作在无线小站工作模式的具有无线小站工作能力的终端发送的请求结束无线小站工作模式的请求后,在将具有无线小站工作能力的终端下服务的接收数据转发服务的终端切换到其它接入节点之后发送结束无线小站工作模式的信令。The control device forwards the received data of the service under the terminal having the wireless small station working capability after receiving the request for ending the wireless small station working mode sent by the terminal having the wireless small station working capability working in the wireless small station working mode. After the serving terminal switches to other access nodes, it transmits signaling to end the wireless station operating mode.
控制设备也可以自己根据实际情况主动发送结束无线小站工作模式的信令,具体实施方式可以参考上述描述,在此不再一一赘述。The control device can also actively send the signaling to end the working mode of the wireless small station according to the actual situation. For the specific implementation, reference may be made to the foregoing description, and details are not described herein again.
该方法中的其它实施方式可以参考以上描述,在此步不再一一赘述。Other implementations of the method may refer to the above description, and will not be further described in this step.
针对上述方法流程,本发明实施例提供一种控制设备和一种作为无线小站工作的终端,该控制设备和作为无线小站工作的终端的具体内容可以参照上述方法实施,在此不再 赘述。For the above method flow, the embodiment of the present invention provides a control device and a terminal working as a wireless small station, and the specific content of the control device and the terminal working as a wireless small station can be implemented by referring to the foregoing method, and is no longer Narration.
如图11所示,本发明实施例提供的一种作为无线小站工作的终端结构图,包括:As shown in FIG. 11, a terminal structure diagram of a working as a wireless station according to an embodiment of the present invention includes:
收发模块1101,用于接收控制设备发送的启动无线小站工作模式的信令;The transceiver module 1101 is configured to receive signaling that is sent by the control device to start a working mode of the wireless station;
配置模块1102,用于根据所述启动无线小站工作模式的信令进入无线小站工作模式。The configuration module 1102 is configured to enter a wireless station working mode according to the signaling for starting the wireless station working mode.
较佳的,所述收发模块1101还用于:Preferably, the transceiver module 1101 is further configured to:
向所述控制设备上报信息,所上报的信息至少包括具有无线小站工作能力的信息。The information is reported to the control device, and the reported information includes at least information having the ability of the wireless station to work.
较佳的,所上报的信息还包括测量报告,所述测量报告包括以下信息之一或任意组合:Preferably, the reported information further includes a measurement report, and the measurement report includes one or any combination of the following information:
所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端的回程链路和传输质量信息;The backhaul link and transmission quality information of the terminal having the wireless station working capability;
所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端周围的终端到所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端的链路和传输质量信息;Link and transmission quality information of the terminal around the terminal having the wireless station working capability to the terminal having the wireless station working capability;
所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端周围的终端自身的链路和传输质量信息。The link and transmission quality information of the terminal itself around the terminal having the wireless station working capability.
较佳的,所述收发模块1101还用于:Preferably, the transceiver module 1101 is further configured to:
向所述控制设备发送启动无线小站工作模式的请求消息。Sending a request message to start the wireless station operating mode to the control device.
较佳的,所述收发模块1101用于:Preferably, the transceiver module 1101 is configured to:
发送广播探测消息,所述广播探测消息用于指示发送所述广播探测消息的终端具有无线小站工作能力;Sending a broadcast probe message, where the broadcast probe message is used to indicate that the terminal that sends the broadcast probe message has a wireless station working capability;
接收到需要数据转发服务的终端根据所述广播探测消息返回的响应消息后,向所述控制设备发送启动无线小站工作模式的请求消息。After receiving the response message returned by the broadcast probe message, the terminal that receives the data forwarding service sends a request message for starting the wireless station working mode to the control device.
较佳的,所述广播探测消息中包括所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端能够提供的数据传输速率以及服务质量信息。Preferably, the broadcast probe message includes a data transmission rate and quality of service information that the terminal having the wireless station working capability can provide.
较佳的,收发模块1101用于:Preferably, the transceiver module 1101 is configured to:
接收需要数据转发服务的终端发送的广播探测消息,所述广播探测消息用于探测具有无线小站工作能力的终端;Receiving a broadcast probe message sent by a terminal that needs a data forwarding service, where the broadcast probe message is used to detect a terminal having a wireless station working capability;
确认能够为发送所述广播探测消息的终端提供数据转发服务后,向发送所述广播探测消息的终端发送响应消息,并在接收到发送所述广播探测消息的终端根据所述响应消息返回的确认消息后,向所述控制设备发送启动无线小站工作模式的请求消息。Confirming that the data forwarding service can be provided for the terminal that sends the broadcast probe message, sending a response message to the terminal that sends the broadcast probe message, and receiving the acknowledgement returned by the terminal that sends the broadcast probe message according to the response message After the message, a request message for starting the wireless station operating mode is sent to the control device.
较佳的,收发模块1101用于:Preferably, the transceiver module 1101 is configured to:
根据自身预设状态的变化确定需要启动无线小站工作模式的请求,则向所述控制设备发送启动无线小站工作模式的请求消息。A request to start the wireless station operating mode is determined according to a change of the preset state, and a request message for starting the wireless station working mode is sent to the control device.
较佳的,所述启动无线小站工作模式的请求消息中包括:所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端所能够提供的服务质量信息。Preferably, the request message for starting the wireless station working mode includes: the quality of service information that the terminal having the wireless station working capability can provide.
较佳的,所述收发模块1101还用于:Preferably, the transceiver module 1101 is further configured to:
接收所述控制设备发送的结束无线小站工作模式的信令; Receiving signaling that ends the operation mode of the wireless small station sent by the control device;
根据所述结束无线小站工作模式的信令,取消无线小站配置并退出无线小站工作模式。According to the signaling of ending the wireless station working mode, the wireless station configuration is cancelled and the wireless station working mode is exited.
较佳的,所述收发模块1101还用于:Preferably, the transceiver module 1101 is further configured to:
接收所述控制设备发送的无线小站配置信息,根据所述无线小站配置信息进行无线小站的配置。Receiving wireless small station configuration information sent by the control device, and configuring the wireless small station according to the wireless small station configuration information.
较佳的,所述无线小站配置信息包括以下部分或全部信息:Preferably, the wireless station configuration information includes some or all of the following information:
Uu口工作频点,所述Uu口是指所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端与接受数据转发服务的终端间的接口;Uu port working frequency point, the Uu port refers to an interface between the terminal having the wireless small station working capability and the terminal receiving the data forwarding service;
所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端作为无线小站工作的最大发射功率;The terminal having the working ability of the wireless station functions as the maximum transmitting power of the wireless station;
所述Uu口的时域工作图样;a time domain working pattern of the Uu port;
Ux口的时域工作图样,所述Ux口是指所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端与宿主接入节点间的接口。A time domain working pattern of the Ux port, where the Ux port refers to an interface between the terminal having the wireless station working capability and the host access node.
较佳的,所述收发模块1101还用于:Preferably, the transceiver module 1101 is further configured to:
向所述控制设备发送结束无线小站工作模式的请求消息。Sending a request message to end the wireless station operating mode to the control device.
较佳的,所述收发模块1101还用于:Preferably, the transceiver module 1101 is further configured to:
接收所述控制设备发送的重配置请求消息,并根据所述重配置请求消息进行重配置;其中,所述重配置请求消息是所述控制设备在判断所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端在所述控制设备连接的不同接入节点之间进行移动时发送的;或者Receiving a reconfiguration request message sent by the control device, and performing reconfiguration according to the reconfiguration request message; wherein the reconfiguration request message is that the control device determines that the terminal having the wireless station working capability is Transmitted when the different access nodes connected to the control device are moving; or
所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端接收所述控制设备归属的核心网发送的切换命令,并根据所述切换命令切换到目标控制设备;其中,所述切换命令是所述核心网在判断所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端跨控制面锚点进行移动时发送的。The terminal having the wireless station working capability receives the handover command sent by the core network to which the control device belongs, and switches to the target control device according to the handover command; wherein the handover command is that the core network is in the judgment center. The terminal that has the wireless station working capability is sent when moving across the control plane anchor point.
较佳的,所述收发模块1101还用于Preferably, the transceiver module 1101 is also used to
接收所述控制设备发送的承载映射关系,并根据所述承载映射关系进行上行和/或下行的承载映射;其中,所述承载映射关系中,接受数据转发服务的终端的承载以及所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端的承载中具有相同或相似传输属性的承载,被映射到同一个Ux口承载中,所述Ux口是指所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端与宿主接入节点间的接口。Receiving a bearer mapping relationship sent by the control device, and performing uplink and/or downlink bearer mapping according to the bearer mapping relationship; wherein, in the bearer mapping relationship, a bearer of a terminal that accepts a data forwarding service and the wireless bearer A bearer having the same or similar transmission attribute in the bearer of the terminal of the small station working capability is mapped to the same Ux port bearer, and the Ux port refers to the terminal between the terminal having the wireless station working capability and the host access node. Interface.
较佳的,所述配置模块1102还用于:Preferably, the configuration module 1102 is further configured to:
为每个接受数据转发服务的终端的每个承载建立专用隧道;Establishing a dedicated tunnel for each bearer of each terminal that accepts the data forwarding service;
所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端在进行上行传输时,针对当前发送上行数据的终端的承载,使用对应的专用隧道对上行数据进行封装;When performing the uplink transmission, the terminal having the wireless station working capability encapsulates the uplink data by using the corresponding dedicated tunnel for the bearer of the terminal currently transmitting the uplink data;
所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端在进行下行传输时,根据下行数据的专用隧道封装头确定出对应的目标终端的目标承载,并将下行数据发送给所述目标终端。When performing the downlink transmission, the terminal having the wireless station working capability determines the target bearer of the corresponding target terminal according to the dedicated tunnel encapsulation header of the downlink data, and sends the downlink data to the target terminal.
较佳的,所述收发模块1101还用于: Preferably, the transceiver module 1101 is further configured to:
对所述Ux口接收到的数据分别按照专用隧道解包方式以及协议数据包解包方式进行盲检,若按照专用隧道解包方式盲检成功,则确认所述Ux口接收到的数据的目标终端为接受数据转发服务的终端,若按照协议数据包解包方式盲检成功,则确认所述Ux口接收到的数据的目标终端为所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端;或者The data received by the Ux port is blindly detected according to the dedicated tunnel unpacking mode and the protocol packet unpacking mode. If the blind tunnel check is successful according to the dedicated tunnel unpacking mode, the target of the data received by the Ux port is confirmed. If the terminal is a terminal that accepts the data forwarding service, if the blind detection succeeds according to the protocol packet unpacking mode, the target terminal that confirms the data received by the Ux interface is the terminal having the wireless station working capability; or
获取所述Ux口接收到的数据中携带的指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示目标终端是具有无线小站工作能力的终端还是接受数据转发服务的终端,并根据所述指示信息确定所述Ux口接收到的数据的目标终端。Acquiring the indication information carried in the data received by the Ux interface, where the indication information is used to indicate whether the target terminal is a terminal having a wireless station working capability or a terminal that accepts a data forwarding service, and determining, according to the indication information, The target terminal of the data received by the Ux port.
较佳的,所述配置模块1102进行无线小站的配置后,所述具有无线小站能力的终端在控制面协议栈中至少包括:面向接受数据转发服务的终端的MAC实体和PHY实体;以及面向宿主接入节点的MAC实体和PHY实体;Preferably, after the configuration module 1102 performs the configuration of the wireless small station, the terminal having the wireless small station capability includes at least the MAC entity and the PHY entity facing the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service in the control plane protocol stack; a MAC entity and a PHY entity for the host access node;
所述具有无线小站能力的终端在用户面协议栈中至少包括:面向接受数据转发服务的终端的MAC实体和PHY实体;以及面向宿主接入节点的MAC实体和PHY实体;The terminal having the wireless station capability includes at least a MAC entity and a PHY entity facing the terminal receiving the data forwarding service; and a MAC entity and a PHY entity facing the host access node in the user plane protocol stack;
所述接受数据转发服务的终端在控制面协议栈中包括:面向具有无线小站工作能力的终端的MAC实体、PHY实体;面向控制设备的PDCP实体和RRC实体;以及面向具有无线小站工作能力的终端的RLC实体或者面向控制设备的RLC实体;The terminal that accepts the data forwarding service includes, in the control plane protocol stack, a MAC entity, a PHY entity for a terminal having a wireless small station working capability, a PDCP entity and an RRC entity facing the control device, and a working capability for the wireless station The RLC entity of the terminal or the RLC entity facing the control device;
所述接受数据转发服务的终端在用户面协议栈中包括:面向具有无线小站工作能力的终端的MAC实体、PHY实体;面向控制设备的PDCP实体和IP实体;以及面向具有无线小站工作能力的终端的RLC实体或者面向控制设备的RLC实体。The terminal that accepts the data forwarding service includes: a MAC entity, a PHY entity for a terminal having wireless small station working capability; a PDCP entity and an IP entity facing the control device; and a working capability for the wireless station The RLC entity of the terminal or the RLC entity facing the control device.
较佳的,所述配置模块1102进行无线小站的配置后,在控制面协议栈中还包括:面向接受数据转发服务的终端的RLC实体;Preferably, after the configuration module 1102 performs the configuration of the wireless small station, the control plane protocol stack further includes: an RLC entity facing the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service;
在用户面协议栈还包括:面向宿主接入节点的RLC实体。The user plane protocol stack further includes: an RLC entity facing the host access node.
较佳的,所述具有无线小站能力的终端与所述控制设备下的一个或多个接入节点通过无线接口连接;或者Preferably, the terminal having the wireless station capability and the one or more access nodes under the control device are connected through a wireless interface; or
所述具有无线小站能力的终端与所述控制设备下的一个或多个接入节点,以及所述控制设备外的一个或多个接入节点通过无线接口连接。The terminal having wireless small station capability and one or more access nodes under the control device, and one or more access nodes outside the control device are connected through a wireless interface.
如图12所示,本发明实施例提供的一种控制设备结构图,包括:As shown in FIG. 12, a structural diagram of a control device according to an embodiment of the present invention includes:
通信模块1201,用于向具有无线小站工作能力的终端发送启动无线小站工作模式的信令,用于指示所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端根据所述启动无线小站工作模式的信令进入无线小站工作模式。The communication module 1201 is configured to send, to the terminal having the working capability of the wireless small station, signaling for starting the working mode of the wireless small station, and is used to indicate that the terminal having the working capability of the wireless small station is in accordance with the working mode of starting the wireless small station Let the wireless station work mode.
较佳的,所述通信模块1201还用于:Preferably, the communication module 1201 is further configured to:
接收所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端上报的信息,所上报的信息至少包括具有无线小站工作能力的信息;Receiving information reported by the terminal having the wireless station working capability, where the reported information includes at least information having the working capability of the wireless station;
根据所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端上报的信息,确定启动所述具有无线小站工作 能力的终端进入无线小站工作模式。Determining to start the work with the wireless station according to the information reported by the terminal having the wireless station working capability The capable terminal enters the wireless station mode of operation.
较佳的,所上报的信息还包括测量报告,所述测量报告包括以下信息之一或任意组合:Preferably, the reported information further includes a measurement report, and the measurement report includes one or any combination of the following information:
所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端的回程链路和传输质量信息;The backhaul link and transmission quality information of the terminal having the wireless station working capability;
所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端周围的终端到所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端的链路和传输质量信息;Link and transmission quality information of the terminal around the terminal having the wireless station working capability to the terminal having the wireless station working capability;
所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端周围的终端自身的链路和传输质量信息。The link and transmission quality information of the terminal itself around the terminal having the wireless station working capability.
较佳的,所述通信模块1201还用于:Preferably, the communication module 1201 is further configured to:
接收所述具有无线小站能力的终端发送的启动无线小站工作模式的请求消息;Receiving, by the terminal having the wireless station capability, a request message for starting a wireless station working mode;
根据所述请求消息,确定启动所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端进入无线小站工作模式。Determining, according to the request message, that the terminal having the wireless station working capability is activated to enter the wireless station working mode.
较佳的,所述启动无线小站工作模式的请求消息中包括:所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端能够提供的数据传输速率以及服务质量信息。Preferably, the request message for starting the wireless station working mode includes: a data transmission rate and quality of service information that the terminal having the wireless station working capability can provide.
较佳的,所述通信模块1201还用于:Preferably, the communication module 1201 is further configured to:
向所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端发送结束无线小站工作模式的信令,用于指示所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端根据所述结束无线小站工作模式的信令,取消无线小站配置并退出无线小站工作模式。Transmitting, by the terminal having the wireless station working capability, signaling to end the working mode of the wireless small station, to indicate that the terminal having the working capability of the wireless small station cancels the wireless according to the signaling of ending the working mode of the wireless small station The small station configures and exits the wireless station working mode.
较佳的,所述通信模块1201还用于:Preferably, the communication module 1201 is further configured to:
判断是否还有正在接受数据转发服务的终端,若有,则对所述正在接受数据转发服务的终端进行切换。It is judged whether there is a terminal that is accepting the data forwarding service, and if so, the terminal that is accepting the data forwarding service is switched.
较佳的,所述通信模块1201还用于:Preferably, the communication module 1201 is further configured to:
接收所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端向所述控制设备发送的结束无线小站工作模式的请求消息。Receiving, by the terminal having the wireless station working capability, a request message for ending the wireless station working mode sent to the control device.
较佳的,所述通信模块1201还用于:Preferably, the communication module 1201 is further configured to:
向所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端发送无线小站配置信息,用以指示所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端根据所述无线小站配置信息进行无线小站的配置。The wireless small station configuration information is sent to the terminal having the wireless station working capability, to indicate that the terminal having the wireless small station working capability performs the configuration of the wireless small station according to the wireless small station configuration information.
较佳的,所述无线小站配置信息包括以下部分或全部信息:Preferably, the wireless station configuration information includes some or all of the following information:
Uu口工作频点,所述Uu口是指所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端与接受数据转发服务的终端间的接口;Uu port working frequency point, the Uu port refers to an interface between the terminal having the wireless small station working capability and the terminal receiving the data forwarding service;
所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端的最大发射功率;The maximum transmit power of the terminal having the wireless station working capability;
所述Uu口的时域工作图样;a time domain working pattern of the Uu port;
Ux口的时域工作图样,所述Ux口是指所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端与宿主接入节点间的接口。A time domain working pattern of the Ux port, where the Ux port refers to an interface between the terminal having the wireless station working capability and the host access node.
较佳的,所述通信模块1201还用于: Preferably, the communication module 1201 is further configured to:
判断所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端在所述控制设备连接的不同接入节点之间进行移动时,向所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端发送重配置请求消息。Determining that the terminal having the wireless station working capability transmits a reconfiguration request message to the terminal having the wireless station working capability when moving between different access nodes connected by the control device.
较佳的,所述无线小站配置信息中包含承载映射关系,所述承载映射关系中,接受所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端所提供的数据转发服务的终端的承载以及所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端的承载中具有相同或相似传输属性的承载,被映射到同一个Ux口承载中,所述Ux口是指所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端与宿主接入节点间的接口。Preferably, the wireless small station configuration information includes a bearer mapping relationship, where the bearer of the terminal that receives the data forwarding service provided by the terminal having the wireless small station working capability and the wireless bearer A bearer having the same or similar transmission attribute in the bearer of the terminal of the small station working capability is mapped to the same Ux port bearer, and the Ux port refers to the terminal between the terminal having the wireless station working capability and the host access node. Interface.
较佳的,所述通信模块1201向具有无线小站工作能力的终端发送启动无线小站工作模式的信令之后,在控制面协议栈中至少包括:面向接受数据转发服务的终端的RRC实体和PDCH实体;Preferably, after the communication module 1201 sends the signaling for starting the wireless station working mode to the terminal having the wireless station working capability, the control plane protocol stack includes at least: the RRC entity facing the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service and PDCH entity;
在用户面协议栈中至少包括:面向接受数据转发服务的终端的IP实体和PDCH实体。The user plane protocol stack includes at least: an IP entity and a PDCH entity facing the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service.
较佳的,在控制面协议栈中还包括:面向接受数据转发服务的终端的RLC实体;Preferably, the control plane protocol stack further includes: an RLC entity facing the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service;
在用户面协议栈中还包括:面向接受数据转发服务的终端的RLC实体。The user plane protocol stack further includes: an RLC entity facing the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service.
针对上述方法流程,本发明实施例还提供一种控制设备和一种终端,该控制设备和终端的具体内容可以参照上述方法实施,在此不再赘述。For the foregoing method, the embodiment of the present invention further provides a control device and a terminal. The specific content of the control device and the terminal may be implemented by referring to the foregoing method, and details are not described herein again.
如图13所示,本发明实施例提供的一种终端结构图,包括:As shown in FIG. 13, a terminal structure diagram provided by an embodiment of the present invention includes:
处理器1301,用于读取存储器1302中的程序,执行下列过程:通过收发机1303接收控制设备发送的启动无线小站工作模式的信令;根据所述启动无线小站工作模式的信令进入无线小站工作模式;The processor 1301 is configured to read a program in the memory 1302, and execute the following process: receiving, by the transceiver 1303, signaling that is started by the control device to start a working mode of the wireless small station; and entering the signaling according to the working mode of the wireless small station. Wireless station working mode;
收发机1303,用于在处理器1301的控制下接收和发送数据。The transceiver 1303 is configured to receive and transmit data under the control of the processor 1301.
较佳的,所述收发机1303还用于:Preferably, the transceiver 1303 is further configured to:
向所述控制设备上报信息,所上报的信息至少包括具有无线小站工作能力的信息。The information is reported to the control device, and the reported information includes at least information having the ability of the wireless station to work.
较佳的,所上报的信息还包括测量报告,所述测量报告包括以下信息之一或任意组合:Preferably, the reported information further includes a measurement report, and the measurement report includes one or any combination of the following information:
所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端的回程链路和传输质量信息;The backhaul link and transmission quality information of the terminal having the wireless station working capability;
所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端周围的终端到所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端的链路和传输质量信息;Link and transmission quality information of the terminal around the terminal having the wireless station working capability to the terminal having the wireless station working capability;
所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端周围的终端自身的链路和传输质量信息。The link and transmission quality information of the terminal itself around the terminal having the wireless station working capability.
较佳的,所述收发机1303还用于:Preferably, the transceiver 1303 is further configured to:
向所述控制设备发送启动无线小站工作模式的请求消息。Sending a request message to start the wireless station operating mode to the control device.
较佳的,所述收发机1303用于:Preferably, the transceiver 1303 is configured to:
发送广播探测消息,所述广播探测消息用于指示发送所述广播探测消息的终端具有无线小站工作能力;Sending a broadcast probe message, where the broadcast probe message is used to indicate that the terminal that sends the broadcast probe message has a wireless station working capability;
接收到需要数据转发服务的终端根据所述广播探测消息返回的响应消息后,向所述控制设备发送启动无线小站工作模式的请求消息。 After receiving the response message returned by the broadcast probe message, the terminal that receives the data forwarding service sends a request message for starting the wireless station working mode to the control device.
较佳的,所述广播探测消息中包括所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端能够提供的数据传输速率以及服务质量信息。Preferably, the broadcast probe message includes a data transmission rate and quality of service information that the terminal having the wireless station working capability can provide.
较佳的,所述处理器1301用于通过所述收发机1303接收需要数据转发服务的终端发送的广播探测消息,所述广播探测消息用于探测具有无线小站工作能力的终端;Preferably, the processor 1301 is configured to receive, by using the transceiver 1303, a broadcast probe message sent by a terminal that needs a data forwarding service, where the broadcast probe message is used to detect a terminal having a wireless station working capability;
确认能够为发送所述广播探测消息的终端提供数据转发服务后,通过所述收发机1303向发送所述广播探测消息的终端发送响应消息,并在通过所述收发机1303接收到发送所述广播探测消息的终端根据所述响应消息返回的确认消息后,通过所述收发机1303向所述控制设备发送启动无线小站工作模式的请求消息。After confirming that the data forwarding service can be provided for the terminal that sends the broadcast probe message, the transceiver sends a response message to the terminal that sends the broadcast probe message, and receives the broadcast through the transceiver 1303. After the terminal that detects the message returns an acknowledgement message returned by the response message, the transceiver 1303 sends a request message for starting the wireless station operation mode to the control device.
较佳的,所述处理器1301用于:Preferably, the processor 1301 is configured to:
根据自身预设状态的变化确定需要启动无线小站工作模式的请求,则通过所述收发机1303向所述控制设备发送启动无线小站工作模式的请求消息。A request to start the wireless station operating mode is determined according to the change of the preset state, and the request message for starting the wireless station working mode is sent to the control device by the transceiver 1303.
较佳的,所述启动无线小站工作模式的请求消息中包括:所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端所能够提供的服务质量信息。Preferably, the request message for starting the wireless station working mode includes: the quality of service information that the terminal having the wireless station working capability can provide.
较佳的,所述处理器1301还用于通过所述收发机1303接收所述控制设备发送的结束无线小站工作模式的信令;Preferably, the processor 1301 is further configured to receive, by using the transceiver 1303, signaling that ends the operation mode of the wireless small station sent by the control device;
根据所述结束无线小站工作模式的信令,取消无线小站配置并退出无线小站工作模式。According to the signaling of ending the wireless station working mode, the wireless station configuration is cancelled and the wireless station working mode is exited.
较佳的,所述处理器1301还用于通过所述收发机1303接收所述控制设备发送的无线小站配置信息,根据所述无线小站配置信息进行无线小站的配置。Preferably, the processor 1301 is further configured to receive, by using the transceiver 1303, wireless small station configuration information sent by the control device, and perform configuration of the wireless small station according to the wireless small station configuration information.
较佳的,所述无线小站配置信息包括以下部分或全部信息:Preferably, the wireless station configuration information includes some or all of the following information:
Uu口工作频点,所述Uu口是指所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端与接受数据转发服务的终端间的接口;Uu port working frequency point, the Uu port refers to an interface between the terminal having the wireless small station working capability and the terminal receiving the data forwarding service;
所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端作为无线小站工作的最大发射功率;The terminal having the working ability of the wireless station functions as the maximum transmitting power of the wireless station;
所述Uu口的时域工作图样;a time domain working pattern of the Uu port;
Ux口的时域工作图样,所述Ux口是指所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端与宿主接入节点间的接口。A time domain working pattern of the Ux port, where the Ux port refers to an interface between the terminal having the wireless station working capability and the host access node.
较佳的,所述收发机1303还用于:Preferably, the transceiver 1303 is further configured to:
向所述控制设备发送结束无线小站工作模式的请求消息。Sending a request message to end the wireless station operating mode to the control device.
较佳的,所述处理器1301还用于通过所述收发机1303接收所述控制设备发送的重配置请求消息,并根据所述重配置请求消息进行重配置;其中,所述重配置请求消息是所述控制设备在判断所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端在所述控制设备连接的不同接入节点之间进行移动时发送的;或者Preferably, the processor 1301 is further configured to receive, by the transceiver 1303, a reconfiguration request message sent by the control device, and perform reconfiguration according to the reconfiguration request message; wherein the reconfiguration request message When the control device determines that the terminal having the wireless station working capability moves between different access nodes connected to the control device; or
所述处理器1301还用于通过所述收发机1303接收所述控制设备归属的核心网发送的 切换命令,并根据所述切换命令切换到目标控制设备;其中,所述切换命令是所述核心网在判断所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端跨控制面锚点进行移动时发送的。The processor 1301 is further configured to receive, by using the transceiver 1303, a core network that is sent by the control device. And switching the command to the target control device according to the switching command; wherein the switching command is sent by the core network when determining that the terminal having the wireless station working capability moves across the control plane anchor point.
较佳的,所述处理器1301还用于通过所述收发机1303接收所述控制设备发送的承载映射关系,并根据所述承载映射关系进行上行和/或下行的承载映射;其中,所述承载映射关系中,接受数据转发服务的终端的承载以及所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端的承载中具有相同或相似传输属性的承载,被映射到同一个Ux口承载中,所述Ux口是指所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端与宿主接入节点间的接口。Preferably, the processor 1301 is further configured to receive, by using the transceiver 1303, a bearer mapping relationship that is sent by the control device, and perform uplink and/or downlink bearer mapping according to the bearer mapping relationship. In the bearer mapping relationship, the bearer of the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service and the bearer having the same or similar transmission attribute in the bearer of the terminal having the wireless station working capability are mapped to the same Ux port bearer, the Ux port It refers to the interface between the terminal with the wireless station working capability and the host access node.
较佳的,所述处理器1301还用于为每个接受数据转发服务的终端的每个承载建立专用隧道;Preferably, the processor 1301 is further configured to establish a dedicated tunnel for each bearer of each terminal that accepts the data forwarding service;
所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端在进行上行传输时,针对当前发送上行数据的终端的承载,使用对应的专用隧道对上行数据进行封装;When performing the uplink transmission, the terminal having the wireless station working capability encapsulates the uplink data by using the corresponding dedicated tunnel for the bearer of the terminal currently transmitting the uplink data;
所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端在进行下行传输时,根据下行数据的专用隧道封装头确定出对应的目标终端的目标承载,并将下行数据发送给所述目标终端。When performing the downlink transmission, the terminal having the wireless station working capability determines the target bearer of the corresponding target terminal according to the dedicated tunnel encapsulation header of the downlink data, and sends the downlink data to the target terminal.
较佳的,所述处理器1301还用于:Preferably, the processor 1301 is further configured to:
对所述Ux口接收到的数据分别按照专用隧道解包方式以及协议数据包解包方式进行盲检,若按照专用隧道解包方式盲检成功,则确认所述Ux口接收到的数据的目标终端为接受数据转发服务的终端,若按照协议数据包解包方式盲检成功,则确认所述Ux口接收到的数据的目标终端为所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端;或者The data received by the Ux port is blindly detected according to the dedicated tunnel unpacking mode and the protocol packet unpacking mode. If the blind tunnel check is successful according to the dedicated tunnel unpacking mode, the target of the data received by the Ux port is confirmed. If the terminal is a terminal that accepts the data forwarding service, if the blind detection succeeds according to the protocol packet unpacking mode, the target terminal that confirms the data received by the Ux interface is the terminal having the wireless station working capability; or
获取所述Ux口接收到的数据中携带的指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示目标终端是具有无线小站工作能力的终端还是接受数据转发服务的终端,并根据所述指示信息确定所述Ux口接收到的数据的目标终端。Acquiring the indication information carried in the data received by the Ux interface, where the indication information is used to indicate whether the target terminal is a terminal having a wireless station working capability or a terminal that accepts a data forwarding service, and determining, according to the indication information, The target terminal of the data received by the Ux port.
较佳的,所述处理器1301进行无线小站的配置后,所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端在控制面协议栈中至少包括:面向接受数据转发服务的终端的MAC实体和PHY实体;以及面向宿主接入节点的MAC实体和PHY实体;Preferably, after the processor 1301 performs the configuration of the wireless station, the terminal having the wireless station working capability includes at least a MAC entity and a PHY entity facing the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service in the control plane protocol stack; And a MAC entity and a PHY entity for the host access node;
所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端在用户面协议栈中至少包括:面向接受数据转发服务的终端的MAC实体和PHY实体;以及面向宿主接入节点的MAC实体和PHY实体;The terminal having the wireless station working capability includes at least a MAC entity and a PHY entity facing the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service; and a MAC entity and a PHY entity facing the host access node in the user plane protocol stack;
所述接受数据转发服务的终端在控制面协议栈中包括:面向具有无线小站工作能力的终端的MAC实体、PHY实体;面向控制设备的PDCP实体和RRC实体;以及面向具有无线小站工作能力的终端的RLC实体或者面向控制设备的RLC实体;The terminal that accepts the data forwarding service includes, in the control plane protocol stack, a MAC entity, a PHY entity for a terminal having a wireless small station working capability, a PDCP entity and an RRC entity facing the control device, and a working capability for the wireless station The RLC entity of the terminal or the RLC entity facing the control device;
所述接受数据转发服务的终端在用户面协议栈中包括:面向具有无线小站工作能力的终端的MAC实体、PHY实体;面向控制设备的PDCP实体和IP实体;以及面向具有无线小站工作能力的终端的RLC实体或者面向控制设备的RLC实体。The terminal that accepts the data forwarding service includes: a MAC entity, a PHY entity for a terminal having wireless small station working capability; a PDCP entity and an IP entity facing the control device; and a working capability for the wireless station The RLC entity of the terminal or the RLC entity facing the control device.
较佳的,所述处理器1301进行无线小站的配置后,在控制面协议栈中还包括:面向 接受数据转发服务的终端的RLC实体;Preferably, after the processor 1301 performs the configuration of the wireless station, the control plane protocol stack further includes: The RLC entity of the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service;
在用户面协议栈还包括:面向宿主接入节点的RLC实体。The user plane protocol stack further includes: an RLC entity facing the host access node.
较佳的,所述具有无线小站能力的终端与所述控制设备下的一个或多个接入节点通过无线接口连接;或者Preferably, the terminal having the wireless station capability and the one or more access nodes under the control device are connected through a wireless interface; or
所述具有无线小站能力的终端与所述控制设备下的一个或多个接入节点,以及所述控制设备外的一个或多个接入节点通过无线接口连接。The terminal having wireless small station capability and one or more access nodes under the control device, and one or more access nodes outside the control device are connected through a wireless interface.
其中,在图13中,总线架构可以包括任意数量的互联的总线和桥,具体由处理器1301代表的一个或多个处理器和存储器1302代表的存储器的各种电路链接在一起。总线架构还可以将诸如外围设备、稳压器和功率管理电路等之类的各种其他电路链接在一起,这些都是本领域所公知的,因此,本文不再对其进行进一步描述。总线接口提供接口。收发机1303可以是多个元件,即包括发送机和收发机,提供用于在传输介质上与各种其他装置通信的单元。处理器1301负责管理总线架构和通常的处理,存储器1302可以存储处理器1301在执行操作时所使用的数据。In FIG. 13, the bus architecture may include any number of interconnected buses and bridges, specifically linked by one or more processors represented by processor 1301 and various circuits of memory represented by memory 1302. The bus architecture can also link various other circuits such as peripherals, voltage regulators, and power management circuits, which are well known in the art and, therefore, will not be further described herein. The bus interface provides an interface. Transceiver 1303 can be a plurality of components, including a transmitter and a transceiver, providing means for communicating with various other devices on a transmission medium. The processor 1301 is responsible for managing the bus architecture and general processing, and the memory 1302 can store data used by the processor 1301 in performing operations.
如图14所示,本发明实施例提供的一种控制设备结构图,包括:As shown in FIG. 14, a structural diagram of a control device according to an embodiment of the present invention includes:
处理器1401,用于读取存储器1402中的程序,执行下列过程:用于向具有无线小站工作能力的终端发送启动无线小站工作模式的信令,用于指示所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端根据所述启动无线小站工作模式的信令进入无线小站工作模式;The processor 1401 is configured to read a program in the memory 1402, and execute the following process: sending, to a terminal having a wireless station working capability, signaling to start a wireless station working mode, to indicate that the wireless station works The capability terminal enters the wireless station working mode according to the signaling of starting the wireless station working mode;
收发机1403,用于在处理器1401的控制下接收和发送数据。The transceiver 1403 is configured to receive and transmit data under the control of the processor 1401.
较佳的,处理器1401还用于通过所述收发机1403接收所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端上报的信息,所上报的信息至少包括具有无线小站工作能力的信息;Preferably, the processor 1401 is further configured to receive, by the transceiver 1403, the information reported by the terminal having the wireless station working capability, where the reported information includes at least information that has the wireless station working capability;
根据所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端上报的信息,确定启动所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端进入无线小站工作模式。And determining, according to the information reported by the terminal with the working capability of the wireless station, that the terminal having the wireless station working capability is enabled to enter the wireless station working mode.
较佳的,所上报的信息还包括测量报告,所述测量报告包括以下信息之一或任意组合:Preferably, the reported information further includes a measurement report, and the measurement report includes one or any combination of the following information:
所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端的回程链路和传输质量信息;The backhaul link and transmission quality information of the terminal having the wireless station working capability;
所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端周围的终端到所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端的链路和传输质量信息;Link and transmission quality information of the terminal around the terminal having the wireless station working capability to the terminal having the wireless station working capability;
所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端周围的终端自身的链路和传输质量信息。The link and transmission quality information of the terminal itself around the terminal having the wireless station working capability.
较佳的,处理器1401还用于通过所述收发机1403接收所述具有无线小站能力的终端发送的启动无线小站工作模式的请求消息;Preferably, the processor 1401 is further configured to receive, by using the transceiver 1403, a request message for starting a wireless station working mode sent by the wireless small station capable terminal;
根据所述请求消息,确定启动所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端进入无线小站工作模式。Determining, according to the request message, that the terminal having the wireless station working capability is activated to enter the wireless station working mode.
较佳的,所述启动无线小站工作模式的请求消息中包括:所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端能够提供的数据传输速率以及服务质量信息。 Preferably, the request message for starting the wireless station working mode includes: a data transmission rate and quality of service information that the terminal having the wireless station working capability can provide.
较佳的,所述收发机1403还用于:Preferably, the transceiver 1403 is further configured to:
向所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端发送结束无线小站工作模式的信令,用于指示所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端根据所述结束无线小站工作模式的信令,取消无线小站配置并退出无线小站工作模式。Transmitting, by the terminal having the wireless station working capability, signaling to end the working mode of the wireless small station, to indicate that the terminal having the working capability of the wireless small station cancels the wireless according to the signaling of ending the working mode of the wireless small station The small station configures and exits the wireless station working mode.
较佳的,处理器1401还用于:Preferably, the processor 1401 is further configured to:
判断是否还有正在接受数据转发服务的终端,若有,则对所述正在接受数据转发服务的终端进行切换。It is judged whether there is a terminal that is accepting the data forwarding service, and if so, the terminal that is accepting the data forwarding service is switched.
较佳的,所述收发机1403还用于:Preferably, the transceiver 1403 is further configured to:
接收所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端向所述控制设备发送的结束无线小站工作模式的请求消息。Receiving, by the terminal having the wireless station working capability, a request message for ending the wireless station working mode sent to the control device.
较佳的,所述收发机1403还用于:Preferably, the transceiver 1403 is further configured to:
向所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端发送无线小站配置信息,用以指示所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端根据所述无线小站配置信息进行无线小站的配置。The wireless small station configuration information is sent to the terminal having the wireless station working capability, to indicate that the terminal having the wireless small station working capability performs the configuration of the wireless small station according to the wireless small station configuration information.
较佳的,所述无线小站配置信息包括以下部分或全部信息:Preferably, the wireless station configuration information includes some or all of the following information:
Uu口工作频点,所述Uu口是指所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端与接受数据转发服务的终端间的接口;Uu port working frequency point, the Uu port refers to an interface between the terminal having the wireless small station working capability and the terminal receiving the data forwarding service;
所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端的最大发射功率;The maximum transmit power of the terminal having the wireless station working capability;
所述Uu口的时域工作图样;a time domain working pattern of the Uu port;
Ux口的时域工作图样,所述Ux口是指所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端与宿主接入节点间的接口。A time domain working pattern of the Ux port, where the Ux port refers to an interface between the terminal having the wireless station working capability and the host access node.
较佳的,所述处理器1401还用于:Preferably, the processor 1401 is further configured to:
判断所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端在所述控制设备连接的不同接入节点之间进行移动时,通过所述收发机1403向所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端发送重配置请求消息。Determining, by the transceiver, that the terminal having the wireless station working capability moves between different access nodes connected to the control device, sending, by the transceiver 1403, a reconfiguration request message to the terminal having the wireless small station working capability .
较佳的,所述无线小站配置信息中包含承载映射关系,所述承载映射关系中,接受所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端所提供的数据转发服务的终端的承载以及所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端的承载中具有相同或相似传输属性的承载,被映射到同一个Ux口承载中,所述Ux口是指所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端与宿主接入节点间的接口。Preferably, the wireless small station configuration information includes a bearer mapping relationship, where the bearer of the terminal that receives the data forwarding service provided by the terminal having the wireless small station working capability and the wireless bearer A bearer having the same or similar transmission attribute in the bearer of the terminal of the small station working capability is mapped to the same Ux port bearer, and the Ux port refers to the terminal between the terminal having the wireless station working capability and the host access node. Interface.
较佳的,所述处理器1401通过所述收发机1403向具有无线小站工作能力的终端发送启动无线小站工作模式的信令之后,在控制面协议栈中至少包括:面向接受数据转发服务的终端的RRC实体和PDCH实体;Preferably, the processor 1401 sends, by using the transceiver 1403, a signaling for starting a wireless small station working mode to a terminal having a wireless small station working capability, and at least includes: an oriented data forwarding service in the control plane protocol stack. The RRC entity and the PDCH entity of the terminal;
在用户面协议栈中至少包括:面向接受数据转发服务的终端的IP实体和PDCH实体。The user plane protocol stack includes at least: an IP entity and a PDCH entity facing the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service.
较佳的,在控制面协议栈中还包括:面向接受数据转发服务的终端的RLC实体; Preferably, the control plane protocol stack further includes: an RLC entity facing the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service;
在用户面协议栈中还包括:面向接受数据转发服务的终端的RLC实体。The user plane protocol stack further includes: an RLC entity facing the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service.
其中,在图14中,总线架构可以包括任意数量的互联的总线和桥,具体由处理器1401代表的一个或多个处理器和存储器1402代表的存储器的各种电路链接在一起。总线架构还可以将诸如外围设备、稳压器和功率管理电路等之类的各种其他电路链接在一起,这些都是本领域所公知的,因此,本文不再对其进行进一步描述。总线接口提供接口。收发机1403可以是多个元件,即包括发送机和收发机,提供用于在传输介质上与各种其他装置通信的单元。处理器1401负责管理总线架构和通常的处理,存储器1402可以存储处理器1401在执行操作时所使用的数据。In FIG. 14, the bus architecture may include any number of interconnected buses and bridges, specifically linked by one or more processors represented by processor 1401 and various circuits of memory represented by memory 1402. The bus architecture can also link various other circuits such as peripherals, voltage regulators, and power management circuits, which are well known in the art and, therefore, will not be further described herein. The bus interface provides an interface. Transceiver 1403 can be a plurality of components, including a transmitter and a transceiver, providing means for communicating with various other devices on a transmission medium. The processor 1401 is responsible for managing the bus architecture and general processing, and the memory 1402 can store data used by the processor 1401 in performing operations.
综上所述,通过本发明实施例提供的方法,具有无线小站能力的终端将其能力上报给控制设备,等待控制设备根据需求将该终端启动为无线小站工作模式;或者,具有无线小站能力的终端响应周围其他终端的中转传输请求或发送可以提供高速中转传输服务的广播消息,获得其他终端的响应消息之后,向控制设备请求启动无线小站工作模式。通过本发明实施例提供的超密集网络中将具有无线小站工作能力的终端作为无线小站的工作方法,并根据控制设备发送的作为无线小站工作的配置信息在密集网络覆盖中充当无线小站提供高速率接入服务,以满足未来网络多样化的需求,达到通信的高速率、高吞吐量和低时延的需求,并提高网络效率。In summary, the method provided by the embodiment of the present invention, the terminal having the wireless station capability reports the capability to the control device, and waits for the control device to start the terminal as the wireless station working mode according to requirements; or The station capable terminal responds to the relay transmission request of other terminals around or transmits a broadcast message that can provide a high speed relay transmission service, and after obtaining the response message of the other terminal, requests the control device to start the wireless station operation mode. The terminal with the wireless small station working capability is used as the working method of the wireless small station in the ultra-dense network provided by the embodiment of the present invention, and acts as a wireless small in the dense network coverage according to the configuration information sent by the control device as a wireless small station. The station provides high-rate access services to meet the needs of future network diversification, to meet the high-speed, high-throughput and low-latency requirements of communications, and to improve network efficiency.
本领域内的技术人员应明白,本发明的实施例可提供为方法、系统、或计算机程序产品。因此,本发明可采用完全硬件实施例、完全软件实施例、或结合软件和硬件方面的实施例的形式。而且,本发明可采用在一个或多个其中包含有计算机可用程序代码的计算机可用存储介质(包括但不限于磁盘存储器和光学存储器等)上实施的计算机程序产品的形式。Those skilled in the art will appreciate that embodiments of the present invention can be provided as a method, system, or computer program product. Accordingly, the present invention may take the form of an entirely hardware embodiment, an entirely software embodiment, or a combination of software and hardware. Moreover, the invention can take the form of a computer program product embodied on one or more computer-usable storage media (including but not limited to disk storage and optical storage, etc.) including computer usable program code.
本发明是参照根据本发明实施例的方法、设备(系统)、和计算机程序产品的流程图和/或方框图来描述的。应理解可由计算机程序指令实现流程图和/或方框图中的每一流程和/或方框、以及流程图和/或方框图中的流程和/或方框的结合。可提供这些计算机程序指令到通用计算机、专用计算机、嵌入式处理机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器以产生一个机器,使得通过计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器执行的指令产生用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的装置。The present invention has been described with reference to flowchart illustrations and/or block diagrams of methods, apparatus (system), and computer program products according to embodiments of the invention. It will be understood that each flow and/or block of the flowchart illustrations and/or FIG. These computer program instructions can be provided to a processor of a general purpose computer, special purpose computer, embedded processor, or other programmable data processing device to produce a machine for the execution of instructions for execution by a processor of a computer or other programmable data processing device. Means for implementing the functions specified in one or more of the flow or in a block or blocks of the flow chart.
这些计算机程序指令也可存储在能引导计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备以特定方式工作的计算机可读存储器中,使得存储在该计算机可读存储器中的指令产生包括指令装置的制造品,该指令装置实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能。The computer program instructions can also be stored in a computer readable memory that can direct a computer or other programmable data processing device to operate in a particular manner, such that the instructions stored in the computer readable memory produce an article of manufacture comprising the instruction device. The apparatus implements the functions specified in one or more blocks of a flow or a flow and/or block diagram of the flowchart.
这些计算机程序指令也可装载到计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备上,使得在计算机 或其他可编程设备上执行一系列操作步骤以产生计算机实现的处理,从而在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行的指令提供用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的步骤。These computer program instructions can also be loaded onto a computer or other programmable data processing device such that the computer Or performing a series of operational steps on other programmable devices to produce computer-implemented processing such that instructions executed on a computer or other programmable device are provided for implementing a block in a flow or a flow and/or block diagram of the flowchart Or the steps of the function specified in multiple boxes.
显然,本领域的技术人员可以对本发明进行各种改动和变型而不脱离本发明的精神和范围。这样,倘若本发明的这些修改和变型属于本发明权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内,则本发明也意图包含这些改动和变型在内。 It is apparent that those skilled in the art can make various modifications and variations to the invention without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention. Thus, it is intended that the present invention cover the modifications and modifications of the invention

Claims (79)

  1. 一种终端作为无线小站的工作方法,其特征在于,该方法包括:A working method of a terminal as a wireless station, characterized in that the method comprises:
    具有无线小站工作能力的终端接收控制设备发送的启动无线小站工作模式的信令;The terminal having the wireless station working capability receives signaling for starting the working mode of the wireless station sent by the control device;
    所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端根据所述启动无线小站工作模式的信令进入无线小站工作模式。The terminal having the wireless station working capability enters the wireless station working mode according to the signaling of starting the wireless station working mode.
  2. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端接收控制设备发送的启动无线小站工作模式的信令之前,还包括:The method of claim 1, wherein the terminal having the wireless station working capability, before receiving the signaling sent by the control device to start the working mode of the wireless station, further includes:
    所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端向所述控制设备上报信息,所上报的信息至少包括具有无线小站工作能力的信息。The terminal having the wireless station working capability reports information to the control device, and the reported information includes at least information having the wireless station working capability.
  3. 如权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所上报的信息还包括测量报告,所述测量报告包括以下信息之一或任意组合:The method of claim 2, wherein the reported information further comprises a measurement report, the measurement report comprising one or any combination of the following information:
    所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端的回程链路和传输质量信息;The backhaul link and transmission quality information of the terminal having the wireless station working capability;
    所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端周围的终端到所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端的链路和传输质量信息;Link and transmission quality information of the terminal around the terminal having the wireless station working capability to the terminal having the wireless station working capability;
    所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端周围的终端自身的链路和传输质量信息。The link and transmission quality information of the terminal itself around the terminal having the wireless station working capability.
  4. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端接收控制设备发送的启动无线小站工作模式的信令之前,还包括:The method of claim 1, wherein the terminal having the wireless station working capability, before receiving the signaling sent by the control device to start the working mode of the wireless station, further includes:
    所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端向所述控制设备发送启动无线小站工作模式的请求消息。The terminal having the wireless station working capability sends a request message for starting the wireless station working mode to the control device.
  5. 如权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端向所述控制设备发送启动无线小站工作模式的请求消息,包括:The method of claim 4, wherein the terminal having the wireless station working capability sends a request message to start the wireless station working mode to the control device, including:
    所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端发送广播探测消息,所述广播探测消息用于指示发送所述广播探测消息的终端具有无线小站工作能力;The terminal having the wireless station working capability sends a broadcast probe message, where the broadcast probe message is used to indicate that the terminal that sends the broadcast probe message has a wireless station working capability;
    所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端接收到需要数据转发服务的终端根据所述广播探测消息返回的响应消息后,向所述控制设备发送启动无线小站工作模式的请求消息。The terminal having the wireless station working capability receives the response message returned by the terminal according to the broadcast probe message, and sends a request message for starting the wireless station working mode to the control device.
  6. 如权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述广播探测消息中包括所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端能够提供的数据传输速率以及服务质量信息。The method according to claim 5, wherein the broadcast probe message includes data transmission rate and quality of service information that the terminal having the wireless station working capability can provide.
  7. 如权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端向所述控制设备发送启动无线小站工作模式的请求消息,包括:The method of claim 4, wherein the terminal having the wireless station working capability sends a request message to start the wireless station working mode to the control device, including:
    所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端接收需要数据转发服务的终端发送的广播探测消息,所述广播探测消息用于探测具有无线小站工作能力的终端;The terminal having the wireless station working capability receives a broadcast probe message sent by a terminal that needs a data forwarding service, and the broadcast probe message is used to detect a terminal having a wireless station working capability;
    所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端确认能够为发送所述广播探测消息的终端提供数 据转发服务后,向发送所述广播探测消息的终端发送响应消息,并在接收到发送所述广播探测消息的终端根据所述响应消息返回的确认消息后,向所述控制设备发送启动无线小站工作模式的请求消息。The terminal having the wireless station working capability confirms that the number of terminals that send the broadcast probe message can be provided After the service is forwarded, the response message is sent to the terminal that sends the broadcast probe message, and after receiving the acknowledgement message returned by the terminal that sends the broadcast probe message, the device sends a small wireless start to the control device. Request message for station work mode.
  8. 如权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端向所述控制设备发送启动无线小站工作模式的请求消息,包括:The method of claim 4, wherein the terminal having the wireless station working capability sends a request message to start the wireless station working mode to the control device, including:
    所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端根据自身预设状态的变化确定需要启动无线小站工作模式的请求,则向所述控制设备发送启动无线小站工作模式的请求消息。The terminal having the wireless station working capability determines a request to start the wireless station working mode according to the change of the preset state, and sends a request message for starting the wireless station working mode to the control device.
  9. 如权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述启动无线小站工作模式的请求消息中包括:所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端所能够提供的服务质量信息。The method of claim 4, wherein the request message for initiating the wireless station operating mode comprises: the quality of service information that the terminal having the wireless station working capability can provide.
  10. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端进入无线小站工作模式之后,还包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein after the terminal having the wireless station working capability enters the wireless station working mode, the method further includes:
    所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端接收所述控制设备发送的结束无线小站工作模式的信令;The terminal having the working capability of the wireless small station receives the signaling of ending the working mode of the wireless small station sent by the control device;
    所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端根据所述结束无线小站工作模式的信令,取消无线小站配置并退出无线小站工作模式。The terminal having the wireless station working capability cancels the wireless station configuration and exits the wireless station working mode according to the signaling of ending the wireless station working mode.
  11. 如权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端接收所述控制设备发送的结束无线小站工作模式的信令之前,还包括:The method according to claim 10, wherein the terminal having the wireless station working capability, before receiving the signaling of the ending wireless station operating mode sent by the control device, further includes:
    所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端向所述控制设备发送结束无线小站工作模式的请求消息。The terminal having the wireless station working capability sends a request message to the control device to end the wireless station working mode.
  12. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method of claim 1 further comprising:
    所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端接收所述控制设备发送的无线小站配置信息,根据所述无线小站配置信息进行无线小站的配置。The terminal having the wireless station working capability receives the wireless small station configuration information sent by the control device, and performs configuration of the wireless small station according to the wireless small station configuration information.
  13. 如权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述无线小站配置信息包括以下部分或全部信息:The method of claim 12 wherein said wireless station configuration information comprises some or all of the following information:
    Uu口工作频点,所述Uu口是指所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端与接受数据转发服务的终端间的接口;Uu port working frequency point, the Uu port refers to an interface between the terminal having the wireless small station working capability and the terminal receiving the data forwarding service;
    所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端作为无线小站工作的最大发射功率;The terminal having the working ability of the wireless station functions as the maximum transmitting power of the wireless station;
    所述Uu口的时域工作图样;a time domain working pattern of the Uu port;
    Ux口的时域工作图样,所述Ux口是指所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端与宿主接入节点间的接口。A time domain working pattern of the Ux port, where the Ux port refers to an interface between the terminal having the wireless station working capability and the host access node.
  14. 如权利要求1至13中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端进入无线小站工作模式之后,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 13, wherein after the terminal having the wireless station working capability enters the wireless station working mode, the method further includes:
    所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端接收所述控制设备发送的重配置请求消息,并根据 所述重配置请求消息进行重配置;其中,所述重配置请求消息是所述控制设备在判断所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端在所述控制设备连接的不同接入节点之间进行移动时发送的;或者The terminal having the wireless station working capability receives the reconfiguration request message sent by the control device, and according to The reconfiguration request message is reconfigured; wherein the reconfiguration request message is that the control device determines that the terminal having the wireless station working capability moves between different access nodes connected by the control device Sent; or
    所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端接收所述控制设备归属的核心网发送的切换命令,并根据所述切换命令切换到目标控制设备;其中,所述切换命令是所述核心网在判断所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端跨控制面锚点进行移动时发送的。The terminal having the wireless station working capability receives the handover command sent by the core network to which the control device belongs, and switches to the target control device according to the handover command; wherein the handover command is that the core network is in the judgment center. The terminal that has the wireless station working capability is sent when moving across the control plane anchor point.
  15. 如权利要求1至13中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端进入无线小站工作模式之后,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 13, wherein after the terminal having the wireless station working capability enters the wireless station working mode, the method further includes:
    所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端以及所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端的宿主接入节点,接收所述控制设备发送的承载映射关系,并根据所述承载映射关系进行上行和/或下行的承载映射;其中,所述承载映射关系中,接受数据转发服务的终端的承载以及所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端的承载中具有相同或相似传输属性的承载,被映射到同一个Ux口承载中,所述Ux口是指所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端与宿主接入节点间的接口。The terminal having the wireless station working capability and the host access node of the terminal having the wireless station working capability receives the bearer mapping relationship sent by the control device, and performs uplink and/or according to the bearer mapping relationship. a bearer mapping of the downlink; wherein, in the bearer mapping relationship, the bearer of the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service and the bearer having the same or similar transmission attribute in the bearer of the terminal having the wireless station working capability are mapped to the same In the Ux port bearer, the Ux port refers to an interface between the terminal having the wireless station working capability and the host access node.
  16. 如权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端以及所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端的宿主接入节点,根据所述承载映射关系进行上行和/或下行的承载映射之后,还包括:The method according to claim 15, wherein the terminal having the wireless station working capability and the host access node of the terminal having the wireless station working capability perform uplink and/or according to the bearer mapping relationship. After the downlink bearer mapping, it also includes:
    为每个接受数据转发服务的终端的每个承载建立专用隧道;Establishing a dedicated tunnel for each bearer of each terminal that accepts the data forwarding service;
    所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端在进行上行传输时,针对当前发送上行数据的终端的承载,使用对应的专用隧道对上行数据进行封装;When performing the uplink transmission, the terminal having the wireless station working capability encapsulates the uplink data by using the corresponding dedicated tunnel for the bearer of the terminal currently transmitting the uplink data;
    所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端在进行下行传输时,根据下行数据的专用隧道封装头确定出对应的目标终端的目标承载,并将下行数据发送给所述目标终端。When performing the downlink transmission, the terminal having the wireless station working capability determines the target bearer of the corresponding target terminal according to the dedicated tunnel encapsulation header of the downlink data, and sends the downlink data to the target terminal.
  17. 如权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端以及所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端的宿主接入节点,根据所述承载映射关系进行上行和/或下行的承载映射之后,还包括:The method according to claim 15, wherein the terminal having the wireless station working capability and the host access node of the terminal having the wireless station working capability perform uplink and/or according to the bearer mapping relationship. After the downlink bearer mapping, it also includes:
    所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端对所述Ux口接收到的数据分别按照专用隧道解包方式以及协议数据包解包方式进行盲检,若按照专用隧道解包方式盲检成功,则确认所述Ux口接收到的数据的目标终端为接受数据转发服务的终端,若按照协议数据包解包方式盲检成功,则确认所述Ux口接收到的数据的目标终端为所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端;或者The terminal having the wireless station working capability performs blind detection on the data received by the Ux interface according to the dedicated tunnel unpacking mode and the protocol data packet unpacking mode, and if the blind detection succeeds according to the dedicated tunnel unpacking mode, the confirmation is performed. The target terminal of the data received by the Ux interface is a terminal that accepts the data forwarding service. If the blind detection succeeds according to the protocol packet unpacking mode, the target terminal that confirms the data received by the Ux interface is the wireless small a terminal that is capable of working; or
    所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端获取所述Ux口接收到的数据中携带的指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示目标终端是具有无线小站工作能力的终端还是接受数据转发服务的终端,并根据所述指示信息确定所述Ux口接收到的数据的目标终端。 The terminal having the wireless station working capability acquires the indication information carried in the data received by the Ux interface, where the indication information is used to indicate whether the target terminal is a terminal having a wireless station working capability or a terminal receiving a data forwarding service. And determining, according to the indication information, a target terminal of the data received by the Ux port.
  18. 如权利要求1至13中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端进行无线小站的配置后,所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端在控制面协议栈中至少包括:面向接受数据转发服务的终端的MAC实体和PHY实体;以及面向宿主接入节点的MAC实体和PHY实体;The method according to any one of claims 1 to 13, wherein after the terminal having the wireless station working capability performs the configuration of the wireless station, the terminal having the wireless station working capability is on the control plane The protocol stack includes at least: a MAC entity and a PHY entity for a terminal that accepts the data forwarding service; and a MAC entity and a PHY entity for the host access node;
    所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端在用户面协议栈中至少包括:面向接受数据转发服务的终端的MAC实体和PHY实体;以及面向宿主接入节点的MAC实体和PHY实体;The terminal having the wireless station working capability includes at least a MAC entity and a PHY entity facing the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service; and a MAC entity and a PHY entity facing the host access node in the user plane protocol stack;
    所述接受数据转发服务的终端在控制面协议栈中包括:面向具有无线小站工作能力的终端的MAC实体、PHY实体;面向控制设备的PDCP实体和RRC实体;以及面向具有无线小站工作能力的终端的RLC实体或者面向控制设备的RLC实体;The terminal that accepts the data forwarding service includes, in the control plane protocol stack, a MAC entity, a PHY entity for a terminal having a wireless small station working capability, a PDCP entity and an RRC entity facing the control device, and a working capability for the wireless station The RLC entity of the terminal or the RLC entity facing the control device;
    所述接受数据转发服务的终端在用户面协议栈中包括:面向具有无线小站工作能力的终端的MAC实体、PHY实体;面向控制设备的PDCP实体和IP实体;以及面向具有无线小站工作能力的终端的RLC实体或者面向控制设备的RLC实体。The terminal that accepts the data forwarding service includes: a MAC entity, a PHY entity for a terminal having wireless small station working capability; a PDCP entity and an IP entity facing the control device; and a working capability for the wireless station The RLC entity of the terminal or the RLC entity facing the control device.
  19. 如权利要求18所述的方法,其特征在于,所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端进行无线小站的配置后,在控制面协议栈中还包括:面向接受数据转发服务的终端的RLC实体;The method according to claim 18, wherein the terminal having the wireless station working capability performs the configuration of the wireless small station, and further includes: an RLC entity facing the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service in the control plane protocol stack. ;
    在用户面协议栈还包括:面向宿主接入节点的RLC实体。The user plane protocol stack further includes: an RLC entity facing the host access node.
  20. 一种终端作为无线小站的工作方法,其特征在于,该方法包括:A working method of a terminal as a wireless station, characterized in that the method comprises:
    控制设备向具有无线小站工作能力的终端发送启动无线小站工作模式的信令,用于指示所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端根据所述启动无线小站工作模式的信令进入无线小站工作模式。The control device sends signaling to start the operation mode of the wireless small station to the terminal having the working capability of the wireless small station, and is configured to indicate that the terminal having the working capability of the wireless small station enters the wireless small according to the signaling of the working mode of the wireless small station. Station work mode.
  21. 如权利要求20所述的方法,其特征在于,所述控制设备发送所述启动无线小站工作模式的信令之前,还包括:The method according to claim 20, wherein before the transmitting, by the control device, the signaling for starting the operation mode of the wireless small station, the method further includes:
    所述控制设备接收所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端上报的信息,所上报的信息至少包括具有无线小站工作能力的信息;The control device receives the information reported by the terminal having the wireless station working capability, and the reported information includes at least information having the working capability of the wireless small station;
    所述控制设备根据所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端上报的信息,确定启动所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端进入无线小站工作模式。The control device determines, according to the information reported by the terminal having the wireless station working capability, that the terminal having the wireless small station working capability is enabled to enter the wireless small station working mode.
  22. 如权利要求21所述的方法,其特征在于,所上报的信息还包括测量报告,所述测量报告包括以下信息之一或任意组合:The method of claim 21, wherein the reported information further comprises a measurement report, the measurement report comprising one or any combination of the following information:
    所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端的回程链路和传输质量信息;The backhaul link and transmission quality information of the terminal having the wireless station working capability;
    所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端周围的终端到所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端的链路和传输质量信息;Link and transmission quality information of the terminal around the terminal having the wireless station working capability to the terminal having the wireless station working capability;
    所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端周围的终端自身的链路和传输质量信息。The link and transmission quality information of the terminal itself around the terminal having the wireless station working capability.
  23. 如权利要求20所述的方法,其特征在于,所述控制设备发送所述启动无线小站 工作模式的信令之前,还包括:The method of claim 20 wherein said control device transmits said initiating wireless station Before the signaling of the working mode, it also includes:
    所述控制设备接收所述具有无线小站能力的终端发送的启动无线小站工作模式的请求消息;Receiving, by the control device, a request message for starting a wireless small station working mode sent by the terminal having the wireless small station capability;
    所述控制设备根据所述请求消息,确定启动所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端进入无线小站工作模式。The control device determines, according to the request message, that the terminal having the wireless station working capability is activated to enter the wireless station working mode.
  24. 如权利要求23所述的方法,其特征在于,所述启动无线小站工作模式的请求消息中包括:所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端能够提供的数据传输速率以及服务质量信息。The method of claim 23, wherein the request message for initiating the wireless station operating mode comprises: a data transmission rate and quality of service information that the terminal having the wireless station working capability can provide.
  25. 如权利要求20所述的方法,其特征在于,所述控制设备向具有无线小站工作能力的终端发送启动无线小站工作模式的信令之后,还包括:The method according to claim 20, wherein after the control device sends the signaling to activate the wireless station operating mode to the terminal having the wireless station working capability, the method further includes:
    所述控制设备向所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端发送结束无线小站工作模式的信令,用于指示所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端根据所述结束无线小站工作模式的信令,取消无线小站配置并退出无线小站工作模式。Transmitting, by the control device, the signaling that ends the operation mode of the wireless small station to the terminal having the working capability of the wireless small station, and is configured to indicate that the terminal having the working capability of the wireless small station is in accordance with the information about ending the working mode of the wireless small station Order, cancel the wireless station configuration and exit the wireless station working mode.
  26. 如权利要求25所述的方法,其特征在于,所述控制设备发送所述结束无线小站工作模式的信令之前,还包括:The method of claim 25, wherein before the transmitting, by the control device, the signaling to end the working mode of the wireless station, the method further includes:
    所述控制设备判断是否还有正在接受数据转发服务的终端,若有,则对所述正在接受数据转发服务的终端进行切换。The control device determines whether there is a terminal that is accepting the data forwarding service, and if so, switches the terminal that is accepting the data forwarding service.
  27. 如权利要求25所述的方法,其特征在于,所述控制设备发送所述结束无线小站工作模式的信令之前,还包括:The method of claim 25, wherein before the transmitting, by the control device, the signaling to end the working mode of the wireless station, the method further includes:
    所述控制设备接收所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端向所述控制设备发送的结束无线小站工作模式的请求消息。The control device receives a request message that the terminal having the wireless station working capability sends the wireless small station working mode to the control device.
  28. 如权利要求20所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method of claim 20, further comprising:
    所述控制设备向所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端发送无线小站配置信息,用以指示所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端根据所述无线小站配置信息进行无线小站的配置。The control device sends the wireless small station configuration information to the terminal having the wireless small station working capability, to indicate that the terminal having the wireless small station working capability performs the configuration of the wireless small station according to the wireless small station configuration information.
  29. 如权利要求28所述的方法,其特征在于,所述无线小站配置信息包括以下部分或全部信息:The method of claim 28 wherein said wireless station configuration information comprises some or all of the following information:
    Uu口工作频点,所述Uu口是指所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端与接受数据转发服务的终端间的接口;Uu port working frequency point, the Uu port refers to an interface between the terminal having the wireless small station working capability and the terminal receiving the data forwarding service;
    所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端的最大发射功率;The maximum transmit power of the terminal having the wireless station working capability;
    所述Uu口的时域工作图样;a time domain working pattern of the Uu port;
    Ux口的时域工作图样,所述Ux口是指所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端与宿主接入节点间的接口。A time domain working pattern of the Ux port, where the Ux port refers to an interface between the terminal having the wireless station working capability and the host access node.
  30. 如权利要求20至28中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述具有无线小站工作 能力的终端进入无线小站工作模式之后,还包括:A method according to any one of claims 20 to 28, wherein said wireless station operates After the capable terminal enters the wireless station working mode, it also includes:
    所述控制设备判断所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端在所述控制设备连接的不同接入节点之间进行移动时,向所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端发送重配置请求消息。The control device determines that the terminal having the wireless small station working capability sends a reconfiguration request message to the terminal having the wireless small station working capability when moving between different access nodes connected by the control device.
  31. 如权利要求28或29所述的方法,其特征在于,所述无线小站配置信息中包含承载映射关系,所述承载映射关系中,接受所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端所提供的数据转发服务的终端的承载以及所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端的承载中具有相同或相似传输属性的承载,被映射到同一个Ux口承载中,所述Ux口是指所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端与宿主接入节点间的接口。The method according to claim 28 or 29, wherein the wireless station configuration information includes a bearer mapping relationship, and the bearer mapping relationship accepts data provided by the terminal having the wireless station working capability. The bearer of the terminal of the forwarding service and the bearer having the same or similar transmission attribute in the bearer of the terminal having the wireless station working capability are mapped to the same Ux port bearer, and the Ux port means that the bearer has a small wireless The interface between the terminal of the station's working ability and the host access node.
  32. 如权利要求20至28中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述控制设备向具有无线小站工作能力的终端发送启动无线小站工作模式的信令之后,在控制面协议栈中至少包括:面向接受数据转发服务的终端的RRC实体和PDCH实体;The method according to any one of claims 20 to 28, wherein the control device sends a signaling to activate the wireless station operating mode to the terminal having the wireless station working capability, in the control plane protocol stack At least including: an RRC entity and a PDCH entity facing a terminal that accepts the data forwarding service;
    在用户面协议栈中至少包括:面向接受数据转发服务的终端的IP实体和PDCH实体。The user plane protocol stack includes at least: an IP entity and a PDCH entity facing the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service.
  33. 如权利要求32所述的方法,其特征在于,所述控制设备在控制面协议栈中还包括:面向接受数据转发服务的终端的RLC实体;The method according to claim 32, wherein the control device further comprises: in the control plane protocol stack, an RLC entity facing the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service;
    在用户面协议栈中还包括:面向接受数据转发服务的终端的RLC实体。The user plane protocol stack further includes: an RLC entity facing the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service.
  34. 一种作为无线小站工作的终端,其特征在于,包括:A terminal working as a wireless station, characterized in that it comprises:
    收发模块,用于接收控制设备发送的启动无线小站工作模式的信令;a transceiver module, configured to receive signaling sent by the control device to start a working mode of the wireless station;
    配置模块,用于根据所述启动无线小站工作模式的信令进入无线小站工作模式。And a configuration module, configured to enter a wireless station working mode according to the signaling of starting the wireless station working mode.
  35. 如权利要求34所述的终端,其特征在于,所述收发模块还用于:The terminal according to claim 34, wherein the transceiver module is further configured to:
    向所述控制设备上报信息,所上报的信息至少包括具有无线小站工作能力的信息。The information is reported to the control device, and the reported information includes at least information having the ability of the wireless station to work.
  36. 如权利要求34所述的终端,其特征在于,所述收发模块还用于:The terminal according to claim 34, wherein the transceiver module is further configured to:
    向所述控制设备发送启动无线小站工作模式的请求消息。Sending a request message to start the wireless station operating mode to the control device.
  37. 如权利要求36所述的终端,其特征在于,所述收发模块用于:The terminal according to claim 36, wherein the transceiver module is configured to:
    发送广播探测消息,所述广播探测消息用于指示发送所述广播探测消息的终端具有无线小站工作能力;Sending a broadcast probe message, where the broadcast probe message is used to indicate that the terminal that sends the broadcast probe message has a wireless station working capability;
    接收到需要数据转发服务的终端根据所述广播探测消息返回的响应消息后,向所述控制设备发送启动无线小站工作模式的请求消息。After receiving the response message returned by the broadcast probe message, the terminal that receives the data forwarding service sends a request message for starting the wireless station working mode to the control device.
  38. 如权利要求36所述的终端,其特征在于,所述收发模块用于:The terminal according to claim 36, wherein the transceiver module is configured to:
    接收需要数据转发服务的终端发送的广播探测消息,所述广播探测消息用于探测具有无线小站工作能力的终端;Receiving a broadcast probe message sent by a terminal that needs a data forwarding service, where the broadcast probe message is used to detect a terminal having a wireless station working capability;
    确认能够为发送所述广播探测消息的终端提供数据转发服务后,向发送所述广播探测消息的终端发送响应消息,并在接收到发送所述广播探测消息的终端根据所述响应消息返回的确认消息后,向所述控制设备发送启动无线小站工作模式的请求消息。 Confirming that the data forwarding service can be provided for the terminal that sends the broadcast probe message, sending a response message to the terminal that sends the broadcast probe message, and receiving the acknowledgement returned by the terminal that sends the broadcast probe message according to the response message After the message, a request message for starting the wireless station operating mode is sent to the control device.
  39. 如权利要求36所述的终端,其特征在于,所述收发模块用于:The terminal according to claim 36, wherein the transceiver module is configured to:
    根据自身预设状态的变化确定需要启动无线小站工作模式的请求,则向所述控制设备发送启动无线小站工作模式的请求消息。A request to start the wireless station operating mode is determined according to a change of the preset state, and a request message for starting the wireless station working mode is sent to the control device.
  40. 如权利要求34所述的终端,其特征在于,所述收发模块还用于:The terminal according to claim 34, wherein the transceiver module is further configured to:
    接收所述控制设备发送的结束无线小站工作模式的信令;Receiving signaling that ends the operation mode of the wireless small station sent by the control device;
    根据所述结束无线小站工作模式的信令,取消无线小站配置并退出无线小站工作模式。According to the signaling of ending the wireless station working mode, the wireless station configuration is cancelled and the wireless station working mode is exited.
  41. 如权利要求40所述的终端,其特征在于,所述收发模块还用于:The terminal according to claim 40, wherein the transceiver module is further configured to:
    向所述控制设备发送结束无线小站工作模式的请求消息。Sending a request message to end the wireless station operating mode to the control device.
  42. 如权利要求34所述的终端,其特征在于,所述收发模块还用于:The terminal according to claim 34, wherein the transceiver module is further configured to:
    接收所述控制设备发送的无线小站配置信息,根据所述无线小站配置信息进行无线小站的配置。Receiving wireless small station configuration information sent by the control device, and configuring the wireless small station according to the wireless small station configuration information.
  43. 如权利要求34至42中任一项所述的终端,其特征在于,所述收发模块还用于:The terminal according to any one of claims 34 to 42, wherein the transceiver module is further configured to:
    接收所述控制设备发送的重配置请求消息,并根据所述重配置请求消息进行重配置;其中,所述重配置请求消息是所述控制设备在判断所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端在所述控制设备连接的不同接入节点之间进行移动时发送的;或者Receiving a reconfiguration request message sent by the control device, and performing reconfiguration according to the reconfiguration request message; wherein the reconfiguration request message is that the control device determines that the terminal having the wireless station working capability is Transmitted when the different access nodes connected to the control device are moving; or
    所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端接收所述控制设备归属的核心网发送的切换命令,并根据所述切换命令切换到目标控制设备;其中,所述切换命令是所述核心网在判断所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端跨控制面锚点进行移动时发送的。The terminal having the wireless station working capability receives the handover command sent by the core network to which the control device belongs, and switches to the target control device according to the handover command; wherein the handover command is that the core network is in the judgment center. The terminal that has the wireless station working capability is sent when moving across the control plane anchor point.
  44. 如权利要求34至42中任一项所述的终端,其特征在于,所述收发模块还用于:The terminal according to any one of claims 34 to 42, wherein the transceiver module is further configured to:
    接收所述控制设备发送的承载映射关系,并根据所述承载映射关系进行上行和/或下行的承载映射;其中,所述承载映射关系中,接受数据转发服务的终端的承载以及所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端的承载中具有相同或相似传输属性的承载,被映射到同一个Ux口承载中,所述Ux口是指所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端与宿主接入节点间的接口。Receiving a bearer mapping relationship sent by the control device, and performing uplink and/or downlink bearer mapping according to the bearer mapping relationship; wherein, in the bearer mapping relationship, a bearer of a terminal that accepts a data forwarding service and the wireless bearer A bearer having the same or similar transmission attribute in the bearer of the terminal of the small station working capability is mapped to the same Ux port bearer, and the Ux port refers to the terminal between the terminal having the wireless station working capability and the host access node. Interface.
  45. 如权利要求44所述的终端,其特征在于,所述配置模块还用于:The terminal according to claim 44, wherein the configuration module is further configured to:
    为每个接受数据转发服务的终端的每个承载建立专用隧道;Establishing a dedicated tunnel for each bearer of each terminal that accepts the data forwarding service;
    所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端在进行上行传输时,针对当前发送上行数据的终端的承载,使用对应的专用隧道对上行数据进行封装;When performing the uplink transmission, the terminal having the wireless station working capability encapsulates the uplink data by using the corresponding dedicated tunnel for the bearer of the terminal currently transmitting the uplink data;
    所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端在进行下行传输时,根据下行数据的专用隧道封装头确定出对应的目标终端的目标承载,并将下行数据发送给所述目标终端。When performing the downlink transmission, the terminal having the wireless station working capability determines the target bearer of the corresponding target terminal according to the dedicated tunnel encapsulation header of the downlink data, and sends the downlink data to the target terminal.
  46. 如权利要求44所述的终端,其特征在于,所述收发模块还用于:The terminal according to claim 44, wherein the transceiver module is further configured to:
    对所述Ux口接收到的数据分别按照专用隧道解包方式以及协议数据包解包方式进行盲检,若按照专用隧道解包方式盲检成功,则确认所述Ux口接收到的数据的目标终端为 接受数据转发服务的终端,若按照协议数据包解包方式盲检成功,则确认所述Ux口接收到的数据的目标终端为所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端;或者The data received by the Ux port is blindly detected according to the dedicated tunnel unpacking mode and the protocol packet unpacking mode. If the blind tunnel check is successful according to the dedicated tunnel unpacking mode, the target of the data received by the Ux port is confirmed. Terminal is The terminal that accepts the data forwarding service, if the blind detection succeeds according to the protocol packet unpacking mode, confirms that the target terminal of the data received by the Ux port is the terminal having the wireless station working capability; or
    获取所述Ux口接收到的数据中携带的指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示目标终端是具有无线小站工作能力的终端还是接受数据转发服务的终端,并根据所述指示信息确定所述Ux口接收到的数据的目标终端。Acquiring the indication information carried in the data received by the Ux interface, where the indication information is used to indicate whether the target terminal is a terminal having a wireless station working capability or a terminal that accepts a data forwarding service, and determining, according to the indication information, The target terminal of the data received by the Ux port.
  47. 如权利要求34至42中任一项所述的终端,其特征在于,所述配置模块进行无线小站的配置后,所述具有无线小站能力的终端在控制面协议栈中至少包括:面向接受数据转发服务的终端的MAC实体和PHY实体;以及面向宿主接入节点的MAC实体和PHY实体;The terminal according to any one of claims 34 to 42, wherein, after the configuration module performs the configuration of the wireless small station, the terminal having the wireless small station capability includes at least in a control plane protocol stack: a MAC entity and a PHY entity of the terminal accepting the data forwarding service; and a MAC entity and a PHY entity facing the host access node;
    所述具有无线小站能力的终端在用户面协议栈中至少包括:面向接受数据转发服务的终端的MAC实体和PHY实体;以及面向宿主接入节点的MAC实体和PHY实体;The terminal having the wireless station capability includes at least a MAC entity and a PHY entity facing the terminal receiving the data forwarding service; and a MAC entity and a PHY entity facing the host access node in the user plane protocol stack;
    所述接受数据转发服务的终端在控制面协议栈中包括:面向具有无线小站工作能力的终端的MAC实体、PHY实体;面向控制设备的PDCP实体和RRC实体;以及面向具有无线小站工作能力的终端的RLC实体或者面向控制设备的RLC实体;The terminal that accepts the data forwarding service includes, in the control plane protocol stack, a MAC entity, a PHY entity for a terminal having a wireless small station working capability, a PDCP entity and an RRC entity facing the control device, and a working capability for the wireless station The RLC entity of the terminal or the RLC entity facing the control device;
    所述接受数据转发服务的终端在用户面协议栈中包括:面向具有无线小站工作能力的终端的MAC实体、PHY实体;面向控制设备的PDCP实体和IP实体;以及面向具有无线小站工作能力的终端的RLC实体或者面向控制设备的RLC实体。The terminal that accepts the data forwarding service includes: a MAC entity, a PHY entity for a terminal having wireless small station working capability; a PDCP entity and an IP entity facing the control device; and a working capability for the wireless station The RLC entity of the terminal or the RLC entity facing the control device.
  48. 如权利要求47所述的终端,其特征在于,所述配置模块进行无线小站的配置后,在控制面协议栈中还包括:面向接受数据转发服务的终端的RLC实体;The terminal according to claim 47, wherein after the configuration module performs the configuration of the wireless small station, the control plane protocol stack further includes: an RLC entity facing the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service;
    在用户面协议栈还包括:面向宿主接入节点的RLC实体。The user plane protocol stack further includes: an RLC entity facing the host access node.
  49. 一种控制设备,其特征在于,包括:A control device, comprising:
    通信模块,用于向具有无线小站工作能力的终端发送启动无线小站工作模式的信令,用于指示所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端根据所述启动无线小站工作模式的信令进入无线小站工作模式。a communication module, configured to send, to a terminal having a working capability of the wireless small station, signaling to start a working mode of the wireless small station, to indicate that the terminal having the working capability of the wireless small station is configured to perform signaling according to the working mode of the wireless small station Enter the wireless station working mode.
  50. 如权利要求49所述的控制设备,其特征在于,所述通信模块还用于:The control device according to claim 49, wherein the communication module is further configured to:
    接收所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端上报的信息,所上报的信息至少包括具有无线小站工作能力的信息;Receiving information reported by the terminal having the wireless station working capability, where the reported information includes at least information having the working capability of the wireless station;
    根据所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端上报的信息,确定启动所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端进入无线小站工作模式。And determining, according to the information reported by the terminal with the working capability of the wireless station, that the terminal having the wireless station working capability is enabled to enter the wireless station working mode.
  51. 如权利要求49所述的控制设备,其特征在于,所述通信模块还用于:The control device according to claim 49, wherein the communication module is further configured to:
    接收所述具有无线小站能力的终端发送的启动无线小站工作模式的请求消息;Receiving, by the terminal having the wireless station capability, a request message for starting a wireless station working mode;
    根据所述请求消息,确定启动所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端进入无线小站工作模式。 Determining, according to the request message, that the terminal having the wireless station working capability is activated to enter the wireless station working mode.
  52. 如权利要求49所述的控制设备,其特征在于,所述通信模块还用于:The control device according to claim 49, wherein the communication module is further configured to:
    向所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端发送结束无线小站工作模式的信令,用于指示所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端根据所述结束无线小站工作模式的信令,取消无线小站配置并退出无线小站工作模式。Transmitting, by the terminal having the wireless station working capability, signaling to end the working mode of the wireless small station, to indicate that the terminal having the working capability of the wireless small station cancels the wireless according to the signaling of ending the working mode of the wireless small station The small station configures and exits the wireless station working mode.
  53. 如权利要求52所述的控制设备,其特征在于,所述通信模块还用于:The control device according to claim 52, wherein the communication module is further configured to:
    判断是否还有正在接受数据转发服务的终端,若有,则对所述正在接受数据转发服务的终端进行切换。It is judged whether there is a terminal that is accepting the data forwarding service, and if so, the terminal that is accepting the data forwarding service is switched.
  54. 如权利要求52所述的控制设备,其特征在于,所述通信模块还用于:The control device according to claim 52, wherein the communication module is further configured to:
    接收所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端向所述控制设备发送的结束无线小站工作模式的请求消息。Receiving, by the terminal having the wireless station working capability, a request message for ending the wireless station working mode sent to the control device.
  55. 如权利要求49所述的控制设备,其特征在于,所述通信模块还用于:The control device according to claim 49, wherein the communication module is further configured to:
    向所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端发送无线小站配置信息,用以指示所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端根据所述无线小站配置信息进行无线小站的配置。The wireless small station configuration information is sent to the terminal having the wireless station working capability, to indicate that the terminal having the wireless small station working capability performs the configuration of the wireless small station according to the wireless small station configuration information.
  56. 如权利要求49至55中任一项所述的控制设备,其特征在于,所述通信模块还用于:The control device according to any one of claims 49 to 55, wherein the communication module is further configured to:
    判断所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端在所述控制设备连接的不同接入节点之间进行移动时,向所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端发送重配置请求消息。Determining that the terminal having the wireless station working capability transmits a reconfiguration request message to the terminal having the wireless station working capability when moving between different access nodes connected by the control device.
  57. 如权利要求49至55中任一项所述的控制设备,其特征在于,所述通信模块向具有无线小站工作能力的终端发送启动无线小站工作模式的信令之后,在控制面协议栈中至少包括:面向接受数据转发服务的终端的RRC实体和PDCH实体;The control device according to any one of claims 49 to 55, wherein the communication module transmits a signaling to start a wireless station operating mode to a terminal having a wireless station working capability, and is in a control plane protocol stack. The method includes at least: an RRC entity and a PDCH entity facing a terminal that accepts the data forwarding service;
    在用户面协议栈中至少包括:面向接受数据转发服务的终端的IP实体和PDCH实体。The user plane protocol stack includes at least: an IP entity and a PDCH entity facing the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service.
  58. 如权利要求57所述的控制设备,其特征在于,在控制面协议栈中还包括:面向接受数据转发服务的终端的RLC实体;The control device according to claim 57, further comprising: in the control plane protocol stack, an RLC entity facing the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service;
    在用户面协议栈中还包括:面向接受数据转发服务的终端的RLC实体。The user plane protocol stack further includes: an RLC entity facing the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service.
  59. 一种终端,其特征在于,包括处理器、存储器和收发机,所述收发机用于在所述处理器的控制下接收和发送数据,所述存储器中保存有预设的程序,所述处理器用于读取所述存储器中的程序,按照该程序执行以下过程:A terminal, comprising: a processor, a memory, and a transceiver, wherein the transceiver is configured to receive and transmit data under control of the processor, wherein the memory stores a preset program, and the processing The program is used to read a program in the memory, and the following process is performed according to the program:
    通过所述收发机接收控制设备发送的启动无线小站工作模式的信令;根据所述启动无线小站工作模式的信令进入无线小站工作模式。Receiving, by the transceiver, signaling for starting a wireless small station working mode sent by the control device; entering the wireless small station working mode according to the signaling for starting the wireless small station working mode.
  60. 如权利要求59所述的终端,其特征在于,所述收发机还用于:The terminal of claim 59, wherein the transceiver is further configured to:
    向所述控制设备上报信息,所上报的信息至少包括具有无线小站工作能力的信息。The information is reported to the control device, and the reported information includes at least information having the ability of the wireless station to work.
  61. 如权利要求59所述的终端,其特征在于,所述收发机还用于:The terminal of claim 59, wherein the transceiver is further configured to:
    向所述控制设备发送启动无线小站工作模式的请求消息。 Sending a request message to start the wireless station operating mode to the control device.
  62. 如权利要求61所述的终端,其特征在于,所述收发机用于:The terminal of claim 61 wherein said transceiver is for:
    发送广播探测消息,所述广播探测消息用于指示发送所述广播探测消息的终端具有无线小站工作能力;Sending a broadcast probe message, where the broadcast probe message is used to indicate that the terminal that sends the broadcast probe message has a wireless station working capability;
    接收到需要数据转发服务的终端根据所述广播探测消息返回的响应消息后,向所述控制设备发送启动无线小站工作模式的请求消息。After receiving the response message returned by the broadcast probe message, the terminal that receives the data forwarding service sends a request message for starting the wireless station working mode to the control device.
  63. 如权利要求60所述的终端,其特征在于,所述处理器用于:The terminal of claim 60, wherein the processor is configured to:
    通过所述收发机接收需要数据转发服务的终端发送的广播探测消息,所述广播探测消息用于探测具有无线小站工作能力的终端;Receiving, by the transceiver, a broadcast probe message sent by a terminal that needs a data forwarding service, where the broadcast probe message is used to detect a terminal having a wireless station working capability;
    确认能够为发送所述广播探测消息的终端提供数据转发服务后,通过所述收发机向发送所述广播探测消息的终端发送响应消息,并在通过所述收发机接收到发送所述广播探测消息的终端根据所述响应消息返回的确认消息后,通过所述收发机向所述控制设备发送启动无线小站工作模式的请求消息。After confirming that the data forwarding service can be provided for the terminal that sends the broadcast probe message, the transceiver sends a response message to the terminal that sends the broadcast probe message, and receives the broadcast probe message through the transceiver. After the terminal returns an acknowledgement message according to the response message, the transceiver sends a request message for starting the wireless station working mode to the control device by using the transceiver.
  64. 如权利要求60所述的终端,其特征在于,所述处理器用于:The terminal of claim 60, wherein the processor is configured to:
    根据自身预设状态的变化确定需要启动无线小站工作模式的请求,则通过所述收发机向所述控制设备发送启动无线小站工作模式的请求消息。A request to start the wireless station operating mode is determined according to a change of the preset state, and a request message for starting the wireless station working mode is sent to the control device by the transceiver.
  65. 如权利要求59所述的终端,其特征在于,所述处理器还用于:The terminal according to claim 59, wherein the processor is further configured to:
    通过所述收发机接收所述控制设备发送的结束无线小站工作模式的信令;Receiving, by the transceiver, signaling that ends the operation mode of the wireless small station sent by the control device;
    根据所述结束无线小站工作模式的信令,取消无线小站配置并退出无线小站工作模式。According to the signaling of ending the wireless station working mode, the wireless station configuration is cancelled and the wireless station working mode is exited.
  66. 如权利要求65所述的终端,其特征在于,所述收发机还用于:The terminal of claim 65, wherein the transceiver is further configured to:
    向所述控制设备发送结束无线小站工作模式的请求消息。Sending a request message to end the wireless station operating mode to the control device.
  67. 如权利要求59所述的终端,其特征在于,所述处理器还用于:The terminal according to claim 59, wherein the processor is further configured to:
    通过所述收发机接收所述控制设备发送的无线小站配置信息,根据所述无线小站配置信息进行无线小站的配置。The wireless small station configuration information sent by the control device is received by the transceiver, and the configuration of the wireless small station is performed according to the wireless small station configuration information.
  68. 如权利要求59-67任一项所述的终端,其特征在于,所述处理器还用于:The terminal according to any one of claims 59 to 67, wherein the processor is further configured to:
    通过所述收发机接收所述控制设备发送的重配置请求消息,并根据所述重配置请求消息进行重配置;其中,所述重配置请求消息是所述控制设备在判断所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端在所述控制设备连接的不同接入节点之间进行移动时发送的;或者Receiving, by the transceiver, a reconfiguration request message sent by the control device, and performing reconfiguration according to the reconfiguration request message; wherein the reconfiguration request message is that the control device is determining that the wireless station is a working capable terminal transmitted when moving between different access nodes to which the control device is connected; or
    通过所述收发机接收所述控制设备归属的核心网发送的切换命令,并根据所述切换命令切换到目标控制设备;其中,所述切换命令是所述核心网在判断所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端跨控制面锚点进行移动时发送的。Receiving, by the transceiver, a handover command sent by a core network to which the control device belongs, and switching to a target control device according to the handover command; wherein, the handover command is that the core network determines that the wireless station is configured The working ability of the terminal is sent when moving across the control plane anchor.
  69. 如权利要求59-67任一项所述的终端,其特征在于,所述处理器还用于:The terminal according to any one of claims 59 to 67, wherein the processor is further configured to:
    通过所述收发机接收所述控制设备发送的承载映射关系,并根据所述承载映射关系进 行上行和/或下行的承载映射;其中,所述承载映射关系中,接受数据转发服务的终端的承载以及所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端的承载中具有相同或相似传输属性的承载,被映射到同一个Ux口承载中,所述Ux口是指所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端与宿主接入节点间的接口。Receiving, by the transceiver, a bearer mapping relationship sent by the control device, and according to the bearer mapping relationship a bearer mapping of the uplink and/or the downlink; wherein, in the bearer mapping relationship, the bearer of the terminal that accepts the data forwarding service and the bearer that has the same or similar transmission attribute in the bearer of the terminal having the wireless station working capability, It is mapped to the same Ux port bearer, and the Ux port refers to an interface between the terminal having the wireless station working capability and the host access node.
  70. 如权利要求69所述的终端,其特征在于,所述处理器还用于:The terminal of claim 69, wherein the processor is further configured to:
    为每个接受数据转发服务的终端的每个承载建立专用隧道;Establishing a dedicated tunnel for each bearer of each terminal that accepts the data forwarding service;
    所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端在进行上行传输时,针对当前发送上行数据的终端的承载,使用对应的专用隧道对上行数据进行封装;When performing the uplink transmission, the terminal having the wireless station working capability encapsulates the uplink data by using the corresponding dedicated tunnel for the bearer of the terminal currently transmitting the uplink data;
    所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端在进行下行传输时,根据下行数据的专用隧道封装头确定出对应的目标终端的目标承载,并将下行数据发送给所述目标终端。When performing the downlink transmission, the terminal having the wireless station working capability determines the target bearer of the corresponding target terminal according to the dedicated tunnel encapsulation header of the downlink data, and sends the downlink data to the target terminal.
  71. 如权利要求69所述的终端,其特征在于,所述处理器还用于:The terminal of claim 69, wherein the processor is further configured to:
    对所述Ux口接收到的数据分别按照专用隧道解包方式以及协议数据包解包方式进行盲检,若按照专用隧道解包方式盲检成功,则确认所述Ux口接收到的数据的目标终端为接受数据转发服务的终端,若按照协议数据包解包方式盲检成功,则确认所述Ux口接收到的数据的目标终端为所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端;或者The data received by the Ux port is blindly detected according to the dedicated tunnel unpacking mode and the protocol packet unpacking mode. If the blind tunnel check is successful according to the dedicated tunnel unpacking mode, the target of the data received by the Ux port is confirmed. If the terminal is a terminal that accepts the data forwarding service, if the blind detection succeeds according to the protocol packet unpacking mode, the target terminal that confirms the data received by the Ux interface is the terminal having the wireless station working capability; or
    获取所述Ux口接收到的数据中携带的指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示目标终端是具有无线小站工作能力的终端还是接受数据转发服务的终端,并根据所述指示信息确定所述Ux口接收到的数据的目标终端。Acquiring the indication information carried in the data received by the Ux interface, where the indication information is used to indicate whether the target terminal is a terminal having a wireless station working capability or a terminal that accepts a data forwarding service, and determining, according to the indication information, The target terminal of the data received by the Ux port.
  72. 一种控制设备,其特征在于,包括处理器、存储器和收发机,其中,所述收发机用于在所述处理器的控制下接收和发送数据,所述存储器中保存有预设的程序,所述处理器用于读取所述存储器中的程序,按照该程序执行以下过程:A control device, comprising: a processor, a memory, and a transceiver, wherein the transceiver is configured to receive and transmit data under control of the processor, wherein the memory stores a preset program, The processor is configured to read a program in the memory, and execute the following process according to the program:
    向具有无线小站工作能力的终端发送启动无线小站工作模式的信令,用于指示所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端根据所述启动无线小站工作模式的信令进入无线小站工作模式。Transmitting, by the terminal having the working capability of the wireless small station, signaling for starting the working mode of the wireless small station, and indicating that the terminal having the working capability of the wireless small station enters the wireless station according to the signaling of starting the working mode of the wireless small station mode.
  73. 如权利要求72所述的控制设备,其特征在于,所述处理器还用于:The control device of claim 72, wherein the processor is further configured to:
    通过所述收发机接收所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端上报的信息,所上报的信息至少包括具有无线小站工作能力的信息;Receiving, by the transceiver, the information reported by the terminal having the working capability of the wireless small station, where the reported information includes at least information having the working capability of the wireless small station;
    根据所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端上报的信息,确定启动所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端进入无线小站工作模式。And determining, according to the information reported by the terminal with the working capability of the wireless station, that the terminal having the wireless station working capability is enabled to enter the wireless station working mode.
  74. 如权利要求72所述的控制设备,其特征在于,所述处理器还用于:The control device of claim 72, wherein the processor is further configured to:
    通过所述收发机接收所述具有无线小站能力的终端发送的启动无线小站工作模式的请求消息;Receiving, by the transceiver, a request message for starting a wireless station working mode sent by the wireless small station capable terminal;
    根据所述请求消息,确定启动所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端进入无线小站工作模 式。Determining, according to the request message, that the terminal having the wireless station working capability is activated to enter the wireless station working mode formula.
  75. 如权利要求72所述的控制设备,其特征在于,所述收发机还用于:The control device according to claim 72, wherein said transceiver is further configured to:
    向所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端发送结束无线小站工作模式的信令,用于指示所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端根据所述结束无线小站工作模式的信令,取消无线小站配置并退出无线小站工作模式。Transmitting, by the terminal having the wireless station working capability, signaling to end the working mode of the wireless small station, to indicate that the terminal having the working capability of the wireless small station cancels the wireless according to the signaling of ending the working mode of the wireless small station The small station configures and exits the wireless station working mode.
  76. 如权利要求75所述的控制设备,其特征在于,所述处理器还用于:The control device of claim 75, wherein the processor is further configured to:
    判断是否还有正在接受数据转发服务的终端,若有,则对所述正在接受数据转发服务的终端进行切换。It is judged whether there is a terminal that is accepting the data forwarding service, and if so, the terminal that is accepting the data forwarding service is switched.
  77. 如权利要求75所述的控制设备,其特征在于,所述收发机还用于:The control device according to claim 75, wherein said transceiver is further configured to:
    接收所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端向所述控制设备发送的结束无线小站工作模式的请求消息。Receiving, by the terminal having the wireless station working capability, a request message for ending the wireless station working mode sent to the control device.
  78. 如权利要求72所述的控制设备,其特征在于,所述收发机还用于:The control device according to claim 72, wherein said transceiver is further configured to:
    向所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端发送无线小站配置信息,用以指示所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端根据所述无线小站配置信息进行无线小站的配置。The wireless small station configuration information is sent to the terminal having the wireless station working capability, to indicate that the terminal having the wireless small station working capability performs the configuration of the wireless small station according to the wireless small station configuration information.
  79. 如权利要求72至78任一项所述的控制设备,其特征在于,所述处理器还用于:The control device according to any one of claims 72 to 78, wherein the processor is further configured to:
    判断所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端在所述控制设备连接的不同接入节点之间进行移动时,通过所述收发机向所述具有无线小站工作能力的终端发送重配置请求消息。 Determining that the terminal having the wireless station working capability transmits a reconfiguration request message to the terminal having the wireless small station working capability by the transceiver when moving between different access nodes connected by the control device.
PCT/CN2015/089473 2014-10-11 2015-09-11 Operation method and device of terminal as wireless station WO2016054960A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201410535639.X 2014-10-11
CN201410535639.XA CN105578563B (en) 2014-10-11 2014-10-11 The working method and device of a kind of terminal as wireless small station

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2016054960A1 true WO2016054960A1 (en) 2016-04-14

Family

ID=55652570

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2015/089473 WO2016054960A1 (en) 2014-10-11 2015-09-11 Operation method and device of terminal as wireless station

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN105578563B (en)
WO (1) WO2016054960A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109982449B (en) * 2017-12-27 2021-05-25 电信科学技术研究院 Method and equipment for transmitting data through wireless backhaul network
CN112867146A (en) * 2021-01-15 2021-05-28 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Anchor point terminal determination, information transmission method, communication node and storage medium
CN118402311A (en) * 2022-04-14 2024-07-26 中兴通讯股份有限公司 System and method for on/off state control of network nodes

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20050227616A1 (en) * 2001-12-21 2005-10-13 Yukihiro Takatani Mobile communication network using mobile station with relay-function and method for rewarding relay activities of mobile station
CN102111844A (en) * 2009-12-26 2011-06-29 华为技术有限公司 Mobile relay selection method, communication method, base station and system
CN102469509A (en) * 2010-11-02 2012-05-23 中国移动通信集团公司 Data transmission method, apparatus thereof and system thereof
CN102469410A (en) * 2010-11-02 2012-05-23 中国移动通信集团公司 Method, equipment and system for transmitting data
CN102844993A (en) * 2010-02-26 2012-12-26 诺基亚公司 Base station aided mobile-relay candidate pre-selection and pre-deployment

Family Cites Families (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN1925454A (en) * 2005-08-29 2007-03-07 华为技术有限公司 Method for compressing communication message head
EP3694247A1 (en) * 2010-04-02 2020-08-12 Interdigital Patent Holdings, Inc. Method and apparatus for supporting communication via a relay node

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20050227616A1 (en) * 2001-12-21 2005-10-13 Yukihiro Takatani Mobile communication network using mobile station with relay-function and method for rewarding relay activities of mobile station
CN102111844A (en) * 2009-12-26 2011-06-29 华为技术有限公司 Mobile relay selection method, communication method, base station and system
CN102844993A (en) * 2010-02-26 2012-12-26 诺基亚公司 Base station aided mobile-relay candidate pre-selection and pre-deployment
CN102469509A (en) * 2010-11-02 2012-05-23 中国移动通信集团公司 Data transmission method, apparatus thereof and system thereof
CN102469410A (en) * 2010-11-02 2012-05-23 中国移动通信集团公司 Method, equipment and system for transmitting data

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN105578563B (en) 2019-09-17
CN105578563A (en) 2016-05-11

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
RU2767981C2 (en) Information processing method and corresponding device
JP6146832B2 (en) Method and apparatus for inter-device communication handover
US20200112885A1 (en) Handover control method and apparatus
WO2016161915A1 (en) Data radio bearer configuration method, data transmission method and device
EP3335520B1 (en) Methods of operating network nodes in a communication network, and network nodes implementing the same
US20230239754A1 (en) Enhanced XN Handover Messages for IAB Inter-CU Migration
EP3216309B1 (en) Data forwarding support in dual connectivity
JP2018514139A (en) Method for determining, using and apparatus for D2D relay node
WO2020200135A1 (en) Resource configuration method and communication device
KR20100122565A (en) Apparatus and method for handover in wireless communication system
RU2007116807A (en) SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR TRANSMISSION OF SERVICE IN A HETEROGENEOUS NETWORK
US20230189101A1 (en) Methods and Apparatus for Change of Connection Link Involving Sidelink Relays
JP7120383B2 (en) Base station and communication method
WO2020164178A1 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus
CN113016205B (en) Communication device, communication method, program, and communication system
JP7413507B2 (en) Communication control method
WO2022151306A1 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus
WO2021026706A1 (en) F1 interface management method and apparatus
CN112351460B (en) Data transmission method and related equipment
JP2024001237A (en) Terminal information communication processing method and related device
WO2016054960A1 (en) Operation method and device of terminal as wireless station
JP7101675B2 (en) Data processing method and equipment
WO2023231503A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2021120985A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2023140332A1 (en) Communication control method

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 15848845

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 15848845

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1